WO2022022394A1 - State indication method for user equipment and communication apparatus - Google Patents

State indication method for user equipment and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022022394A1
WO2022022394A1 PCT/CN2021/107979 CN2021107979W WO2022022394A1 WO 2022022394 A1 WO2022022394 A1 WO 2022022394A1 CN 2021107979 W CN2021107979 W CN 2021107979W WO 2022022394 A1 WO2022022394 A1 WO 2022022394A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal device
state
request information
information
target state
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/107979
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
金辉
窦凤辉
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2022022394A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022022394A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/20Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/27Transitions between radio resource control [RRC] states

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a state indication method and a communication apparatus of a terminal device.
  • the remote terminal equipment (remote user equipment, Remote UE) can be connected through the relay terminal equipment (relay user equipment, Relay UE) After entering the operator's network, the Relay UE communicates directly with the base station in the operator's network.
  • 5G fifth-generation mobile communication
  • ProSe proximity service
  • the Relay UE when the Relay UE needs to disconnect from the communication with the base station in the operator's network and enter the disconnected state, it lacks the state processing for the Remote UE, which affects the services of the Remote UE.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a terminal equipment status indication method and communication device, when the relay terminal equipment needs to disconnect the communication with the base station in the operator's network and enter the non-connected state, the status of the remote terminal equipment is indicated, in order to avoid influence The business of remote terminal equipment.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a state indication method for a terminal device, which is applied to a first terminal device, where the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with a network through the second terminal device device communication, the method includes: receiving a first message from a second terminal device, where the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state; sending a message to the network through the second terminal device The device sends first request information, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device; or sends a second message to the second terminal device, where the second message is used to indicate the The first terminal device confirms that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state, so that the second terminal device sends first request information to the network device, where the first request information is used to request the first terminal The target state of the device.
  • the second terminal device first notifies the first terminal device that it needs to enter the disconnected state, triggering the first terminal device to actively initiate a request for the target state, and the network device sends the target state based on the request of the first terminal device Instructing the first terminal device can prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state from affecting the services of the first terminal device.
  • the method further includes: receiving, through the second terminal device, first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the first terminal device target state.
  • the receiving, by the second terminal device, the first indication information from the network device includes: receiving, by the second terminal, a connection release message from the network device,
  • the connection release message carries the first indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is idle state, deactivated one of the states.
  • the first indication information includes context information, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is a deactivated state; or, the first indication information does not include context information , the target state indicated by the first indication information is an idle state.
  • the first request information includes information used to indicate a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter; and/or, the second message includes information used to indicate the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter; information about the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter.
  • the first request information includes a cause value
  • the cause value is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state.
  • the network device can also be notified that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state.
  • the method further includes: when it is determined that the first terminal device needs to maintain a connection state, sending a path switching request to the network device through the second terminal device;
  • the second terminal device receives a connection reconfiguration message from the network device, the connection reconfiguration message is used to instruct the first terminal device to establish a direct connection to the target network device, and the connection reconfiguration message includes the target Configuration information for network devices.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a state indication method for a terminal device, which is applied to a first terminal device, where the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with a network device through the second terminal device , the method includes: receiving, by the second terminal device, a measurement configuration from the network device; wherein the measurement configuration is sent by the network device when it is determined that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state ; Send the measurement report of the measurement configuration or the first request information to the network device through the second terminal device, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device.
  • the network device when the network device determines that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state and wants the first terminal device to remain in the connected state, the network device sends the measurement configuration to the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may determine that it needs to remain in the connected state, and sends a measurement report of the measurement configuration to the network device through the second terminal device, or the first terminal device determines that it may not remain in the connected state, and sends the first terminal device to the network device through the second terminal device.
  • Request information Furthermore, the network device can indicate the target state of the first terminal device based on the measurement report fed back by the first terminal device or the first request information, which can prevent the second terminal device from entering a disconnected state from affecting services such as data transmission required by the first terminal device. .
  • the method further includes: receiving, through the second terminal device, a measurement report from the network device.
  • a connection reconfiguration message where the connection reconfiguration message includes configuration information of a target network device; and a direct connection to the target network device is established according to the connection reconfiguration message.
  • the method further includes: receiving a connection from the network device through the second terminal device A release message, where the connection release message carries first indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is an idle state or a deactivated state one of the.
  • the first indication information includes context information, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is a deactivated state; or, the first indication information does not include context information , the target state indicated by the first indication information is an idle state.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a state indication method for a terminal device, which is applied to a first terminal device, where the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with a network device through the second terminal device , the method includes: acquiring a target state of the first terminal device configured by the network device; wherein, the target state of the first terminal device is when the network device determines that the second terminal device needs to enter Configured in the non-connected state; entering the target state of the first terminal device configured by the network device.
  • the first terminal device obtains and enters the target state of the first terminal device configured by the network device when determining that the second terminal device is to enter the disconnected state, so as to prevent the first terminal device from being unable to continue to communicate with the network through the second terminal. The impact on the service of the first terminal device when the device communicates.
  • the acquiring the target state of the first terminal device configured by the network device includes: receiving, by the second terminal device, first indication information from the network device, The first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state; wherein the first indication information is Sent by the network device when receiving the second request information sent by the second terminal device, the second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information The state is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state.
  • the acquiring the target state of the first terminal device configured by the network device includes: receiving a first message sent by the second terminal device, where the first message carries Information used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device; wherein, the first message is sent when the second terminal device receives a connection release message sent by the network device, and the connection release message carries first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device; the connection release message is when the network device receives the second request information sent by the second terminal device sent, the second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a state indication method for a terminal device, which is applied to a second terminal device, where the second terminal device is used to establish communication between the first terminal device in a connected state and a network device,
  • the method includes: sending a first message to a first terminal device, where the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state; sending first request information from the first terminal device to For the network device, the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device; or, receive a second message sent by the first terminal device, where the second message is used to indicate the first terminal device.
  • a terminal device confirms that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state, and sends first request information to the network device, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal device first notifies the first terminal device that it needs to enter the disconnected state, triggering the first terminal device to actively initiate a request for the target state, and the network device sends the target state based on the request of the first terminal device Instructing the first terminal device can prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state from affecting the services of the first terminal device.
  • the method further includes: sending first indication information from the network device to the first terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the Target state; wherein, the first indication information is sent by the network device after receiving the first request information.
  • the method further includes: after determining that the first terminal device has received the first indication information, sending second request information to the network device; or, receiving the first request information.
  • a third message is sent to the network device, where the third message carries the first request information and second request information, and the second request information is used to request the first request information.
  • Two target states of the terminal device, the target state requested by the second request information is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state.
  • the method further includes: receiving second indication information sent by the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the target state of the second terminal device, and the second indication The target state indicated by the information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state; wherein, the second indication information is sent by the network device after receiving the second request information.
  • the first request information includes information used to indicate a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter; and/or, the second message includes information used to indicate the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter; information about the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter.
  • the sending the first indication information from the network device to the first terminal device includes: sending a connection release message from the network device to the first terminal device Terminal equipment; wherein, the connection release message carries the first indication information, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state.
  • the first indication information includes context information, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is a deactivated state; or, the first indication information does not include context information , the target state indicated by the first indication information is an idle state.
  • the method further includes: sending a path switching request from the first terminal device to the network device; wherein the path switching request is the first terminal device in the Sent when it is determined that the connection state needs to be maintained; a connection reconfiguration message from the network device is sent to the first terminal device, where the connection reconfiguration message is used to instruct the first terminal device to establish a connection to the target
  • the direct connection of the network device, the connection reconfiguration message contains the configuration information of the target network device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a state indication method for a terminal device, which is applied to a network device.
  • the network device communicates with a first terminal device in a connected state through a second terminal device, and the second terminal device needs to Entering a disconnected state, the method includes: receiving first request information, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device; indicating to the first terminal device through the second terminal device The target state of the first terminal device.
  • the first request information is sent to the network device, so as to trigger the network device to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, so as to prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state.
  • the connection state affects the service of the first terminal device.
  • the first request information includes information used to indicate a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter
  • the method further includes: according to the first terminal device wishing to enter The target state of the first terminal device is determined, and the target state of the first terminal device indicated to the first terminal device is determined.
  • the indicating the target state of the first terminal device includes: sending a connection release message to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, where the connection release message carries the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state; or , sending a connection reconfiguration message to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, where the connection reconfiguration message is used to indicate that the target state of the first terminal device is a connected state.
  • the receiving the first request information includes: receiving, through the second terminal device, the first request information sent by the first terminal device, where the first request information is Sent by the first terminal device when receiving a first message from the second terminal device, where the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state; or, receiving the first message.
  • the first request information sent by the second terminal device when receiving the second message from the first terminal device; wherein, the second message is when the first terminal device receives the second message from the second terminal device It is sent when the first message is sent; the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state, and the second message is used to instruct the first terminal device to confirm that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state. into a disconnected state.
  • the method further includes: receiving second request information sent by the second terminal device, the first The second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state.
  • receiving the first request information sent by the second terminal device when receiving the second message from the first terminal device includes: receiving the second terminal device in A third message sent when a second message from the first terminal device is received, the third message carries the first request information and second request information, and the second request information is used to request the The target state of the second terminal device, the target state requested by the second request information is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state.
  • the method further includes: when receiving the second request information, sending second indication information to the second terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the The target state of the second terminal device, and the target state indicated by the second indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state.
  • the first request information includes a cause value, and the cause value is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state; the method further includes: after receiving the When the first request information is received, the first resource in the second terminal device is not released; wherein, the first resource is used by the second terminal device to send the information from the first terminal device to the A network device, or the first resource is used by the second terminal device to send information from the network terminal device to the first terminal device.
  • the method further includes: receiving, through the second terminal device, a path switching request sent by the first terminal device; wherein the path switching request is the first terminal device Sent when it is determined that the connection state needs to be maintained; a connection reconfiguration message is sent to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, where the connection reconfiguration message is used to instruct the first terminal device to establish a connection to the target
  • the direct connection of the network device, the connection reconfiguration message contains the configuration information of the target network device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for indicating a state of a terminal device, which is applied to a network device.
  • the network device communicates with a first terminal device in a connected state through a second terminal device, and the method includes: receiving a first terminal device.
  • Second request information sent by two terminal devices, the second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information is a disconnected state, a deactivated state, and an idle state
  • the method further includes: reporting to the first terminal device according to the measurement report.
  • a terminal device sends a connection reconfiguration message, where the connection reconfiguration message includes configuration information of a target network device to instruct the first terminal device to establish a direct connection to the target network device.
  • the method further includes: sending the first request information to the first terminal device through the second terminal device
  • the terminal device sends first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a target state of the first terminal device, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state.
  • the target state indicated by the first indication information is determined according to the first request information and/or the second request information.
  • the first request information is used for information indicating a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a state indication method for a terminal device, which is applied to a network device.
  • the network device communicates with a first terminal device in a connected state through a second terminal device, and the second terminal device needs to Entering a disconnected state
  • the method includes: receiving second request information sent by a second terminal device, where the second request information is used to request a target state of the second terminal device, and the second request information requests The target state is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state; configure the target state of the first terminal device; wherein, the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device passes the
  • the second terminal device communicates with the network device.
  • the network device configures the target state of the first terminal device when it is determined that the second terminal device is to enter the disconnected state, so as to prevent the first terminal device from being unable to continue to communicate with the network device through the second terminal. The impact caused by the service of the first terminal device.
  • the configured target state of the first terminal device is the same as the target state requested by the second request information.
  • the method further includes: sending first indication information to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, and the first terminal device An indication message is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device; or, a connection release message is sent to the second terminal device, where the connection release message carries a message used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device the first indication information, so that the second terminal device sends a first message to the first terminal device, where the first message carries information used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a state indication device for a terminal device, which is applied to a first terminal device, where the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with a network through the second terminal device device communication
  • the apparatus includes: a communication module configured to receive a first message from a second terminal device, where the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state; the communication module, further It is used to send the first request information to the network device through the second terminal device, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device; or, send the first request information to the second terminal device.
  • Two messages the second message is used to instruct the first terminal device to confirm that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state, so that the second terminal device sends the first request information to the network device, so The first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal device first notifies the first terminal device that it needs to enter the disconnected state, triggering the first terminal device to actively initiate a request for the target state, and the network device sends the target state based on the request of the first terminal device Instructing the first terminal device can prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state from affecting the services of the first terminal device.
  • the communication module is further configured to: receive first indication information from the network device through the second terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first indication information The target state of an end device.
  • the communication module is further configured to: receive a connection release message from the network device through the second terminal, where the connection release message carries the first indication information,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate a target state of the first terminal device, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state.
  • the first indication information includes context information, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is a deactivated state; or, the first indication information does not include context information , the target state indicated by the first indication information is an idle state.
  • the first request information includes information used to indicate a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter; and/or, the second message includes information used to indicate the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter; information about the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter.
  • the first request information includes a cause value
  • the cause value is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state.
  • the network device can also be notified that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state.
  • the apparatus further includes: a processing module, configured to determine that the first terminal device needs to remain in a connected state; the communication module, further configured to communicate with the second terminal device through the second terminal device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a state indication device for a terminal device, which is applied to a first terminal device, where the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with a network device through a second terminal device
  • the apparatus includes: a communication module, configured to receive a measurement configuration from the network device through the second terminal device; wherein the measurement configuration is when the network device determines that the second terminal device needs to enter the
  • the communication module is further configured to send the measurement report of the measurement configuration or the first request information to the network device through the second terminal device, and the first request information is used to request the first request information.
  • the target state of an end device is applied to a first terminal device, where the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with a network device through a second terminal device
  • the apparatus includes: a communication module, configured to receive a measurement configuration from the network device through the second terminal device; wherein the measurement configuration is when the network device determines that the second terminal device needs to enter the
  • the communication module is
  • the network device when the network device determines that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state and wants the first terminal device to remain in the connected state, the network device sends the measurement configuration to the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may determine that it needs to remain in the connected state, and sends a measurement report of the measurement configuration to the network device through the second terminal device, or the first terminal device determines that it may not remain in the connected state, and sends the first terminal device to the network device through the second terminal device.
  • Request information Furthermore, the network device can indicate the target state of the first terminal device based on the measurement report fed back by the first terminal device or the first request information, which can prevent the second terminal device from entering a disconnected state from affecting services such as data transmission required by the first terminal device. .
  • the apparatus further includes a processing module; if the communication module is configured to send the measurement report of the measurement configuration to the network device through the second terminal device, the communication module, is further configured to receive, through the second terminal device, a connection reconfiguration message from the network device, where the connection reconfiguration message includes configuration information of the target network device; the processing module is configured to, according to the connection reconfiguration message , establishing a direct connection to the target network device.
  • the method further includes: receiving a connection from the network device through the second terminal device A release message, where the connection release message carries first indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is an idle state or a deactivated state one of the.
  • the first indication information includes context information, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is a deactivated state; or, the first indication information does not include context information , the target state indicated by the first indication information is an idle state.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a state indication device for a terminal device, which is applied to a first terminal device, where the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with a network device through a second terminal device
  • the apparatus includes: a communication module configured to acquire a target state of the first terminal device configured by the network device; wherein, the target state of the first terminal device is when the network device determines that the first terminal device is in the target state. It is configured when the second terminal device needs to enter the non-connected state; the processing module is configured to make the first terminal device enter the target state of the first terminal device configured by the network device.
  • the first terminal device obtains and enters the target state of the first terminal device configured by the network device when determining that the second terminal device is to enter the disconnected state, so as to prevent the first terminal device from being unable to continue to communicate with the network through the second terminal. The impact on the service of the first terminal device when the device communicates.
  • the communication module is further configured to: receive first indication information from the network device through the second terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first indication information A target state of a terminal device, the target state indicated by the first indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state; wherein the first indication information is that the network device receives the second indication Sent when the terminal device sends the second request information, the second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information is disconnected state, idle state, deactivated one of the states.
  • the communication module is further configured to: receive a first message sent by the second terminal device, where the first message carries a message used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device information; wherein, the first message is sent when the second terminal device receives a connection release message sent by the network device, the connection release message carries first indication information, and the first indication information It is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device; the connection release message is sent by the network device when it receives the second request information sent by the second terminal device, and the second request information is used for The target state of the second terminal device is requested, and the target state requested by the second request information is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a state indication device for a terminal device, which is applied to a second terminal device, where the second terminal device is used to establish communication between the first terminal device in a connected state and a network device
  • the apparatus includes: a communication module, configured to send a first message to the first terminal device, where the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state; the communication module is further configured to send a Send first request information from the first terminal device to the network device, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device; or, receive the first request sent by the first terminal device.
  • Two messages the second message is used to instruct the first terminal device to confirm that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state, and send first request information to the network device, where the first request information is used to request The target state of the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal device first notifies the first terminal device that it needs to enter the disconnected state, triggering the first terminal device to actively initiate a request for the target state, and the network device sends the target state based on the request of the first terminal device Instructing the first terminal device can prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state from affecting the services of the first terminal device.
  • the communication module is further configured to send first indication information from the network device to the first terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first terminal The target state of the device; wherein, the first indication information is sent by the network device after receiving the first request information.
  • the apparatus further includes a processing module; the communication module is further configured to, when the processing module determines that the first terminal device has received the first indication information, send a The network device sends the second request information; or, the communication module is further configured to send a third message to the network device after receiving the second message sent by the first terminal device, where the third message carries the The first request information and the second request information, the second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information is disconnected state, idle state, go one of the active states.
  • the communication module is further configured to receive second indication information sent by the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the target state of the second terminal device, and the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the second terminal device.
  • the target state indicated by the second indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state; wherein, the second indication information is sent by the network device after receiving the second request information.
  • the first request information includes information used to indicate a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter; and/or, the second message includes information used to indicate the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter; information about the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter.
  • the communication module is further configured to send a connection release message from the network device to the first terminal device; wherein the connection release message carries the first terminal device indication information, the target state indicated by the first indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state.
  • the first indication information includes context information, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is a deactivated state; or, the first indication information does not include context information , the target state indicated by the first indication information is an idle state.
  • the communication module is further configured to send a path switching request from the first terminal device to the network device; wherein the path switching request is the first terminal Sent by the device when it determines that it needs to keep the connection state; it sends a connection reconfiguration message from the network device to the first terminal device, where the connection reconfiguration message is used to instruct the first terminal device to establish a connection to the first terminal device.
  • the direct connection of the target network device, and the connection reconfiguration message includes the configuration information of the target network device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a state indication device for a terminal device, which is applied to a network device, where the network device communicates with a first terminal device in a connected state through a second terminal device, and the second terminal device communicates with a first terminal device in a connected state. It is necessary to enter a disconnected state, and the apparatus includes: a communication module, configured to receive first request information, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device; a communication module, further configured to pass the The second terminal device indicates the target state of the first terminal device to the first terminal device.
  • the first request information is sent to the network device, so as to trigger the network device to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, so as to prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state.
  • the connection state affects the service of the first terminal device.
  • the first request information includes information used to indicate a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter
  • the method further includes: according to the first terminal device wishing to enter The target state of the first terminal device is determined, and the target state of the first terminal device indicated to the first terminal device is determined.
  • the communication module is further configured to send a connection release message to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, where the connection release message carries the first indication information, and the The first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state;
  • the first terminal device sends a connection reconfiguration message, where the connection reconfiguration message is used to indicate that the target state of the first terminal device is a connected state.
  • the communication module is further configured to: receive, through the second terminal device, the first request information sent by the first terminal device, where the first request information is the first request information. Sent by a terminal device when receiving a first message from the second terminal device, where the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state; or, receiving the second terminal device First request information sent when a second message from the first terminal device is received; wherein the second message is the first request message received by the first terminal device from the second terminal device message; the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state, and the second message is used to instruct the first terminal device to confirm that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state state.
  • the communication module is further configured to: receive second request information sent by the second terminal device, the second The request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state.
  • the communication module is further configured to: receive a third message sent by the second terminal device when receiving the second message from the first terminal device, the first terminal device
  • the three messages carry the first request information and the second request information
  • the second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device
  • the target state requested by the second request information is the disconnected state , one of the idle state and the deactivated state.
  • the communication module is further configured to: when receiving the second request information, send second indication information to the second terminal device, the second indication information using In order to indicate the target state of the second terminal device, the target state indicated by the second indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state.
  • the first request information includes a cause value, and the cause value is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state;
  • the apparatus further includes a processing module; the a processing module, configured to not release the first resource in the second terminal device when the communication module receives the first request information; wherein the first resource is used by the second terminal device to The information from the first terminal device is sent to the network device, or the first resource is used for the second terminal device to send the information from the network terminal device to the first terminal device.
  • the communication module is further configured to: receive, through the second terminal device, a path switching request sent by the first terminal device; wherein the path switching request is the first Sent by a terminal device when it is determined that the connection state needs to be maintained; a connection reconfiguration message is sent to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, and the connection reconfiguration message is used to instruct the first terminal device to establish a connection to the first terminal device.
  • the connection reconfiguration message contains configuration information of the target network device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a state indication device for a terminal device, which is applied to a network device, where the network device communicates with a first terminal device in a connected state through a second terminal device, and the device includes: communicating a module, configured to receive second request information sent by a second terminal device, where the second request information is used to request a target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information is a disconnected state, one of a deactivated state and an idle state; the communication module is further configured to send a measurement configuration to the first terminal device through the second terminal device; the communication module is further configured to send a measurement configuration through the second terminal device The terminal device receives a measurement report or first request information of the measurement configuration from the first terminal device; wherein, the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device.
  • the apparatus further includes a processing module; the processing module is configured to receive the measurement configuration from the first terminal device through the second terminal device in the communication module When the measurement report is received, control the communication module to send a connection reconfiguration message to the first terminal device according to the measurement report, where the connection reconfiguration message includes the configuration information of the target network device to indicate to the first terminal device A direct connection to the target network device is established.
  • the communication module is further configured to, when receiving, through the second terminal device, the first request information from the first terminal device, send the request to the second terminal device through the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device sends first indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is an idle state or a deactivated state. A sort of.
  • the target state indicated by the first indication information is determined according to the first request information and/or the second request information.
  • the first request information is used for information indicating a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus for indicating a state of a terminal device, which is applied to a network device.
  • the network device communicates with a first terminal device in a connected state through a second terminal device, and the second terminal device communicates with a first terminal device in a connected state. Need to enter a disconnected state, the apparatus includes: a communication module, configured to receive second request information sent by a second terminal device, where the second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, the first 2.
  • the target state requested by the request information is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state; the processing module is configured to configure the target state of the first terminal device; wherein, the first terminal device is in a connected state state and the first terminal device communicates with the network device through the second terminal device.
  • the network device configures the target state of the first terminal device when it is determined that the second terminal device is to enter the disconnected state, so as to prevent the first terminal device from being unable to continue to communicate with the network device through the second terminal. The impact caused by the service of the first terminal device.
  • the configured target state of the first terminal device is the same as the target state requested by the second request information.
  • the communication module is further configured to: send the first terminal device to the first terminal device through the second terminal device an indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device; or, a connection release message is sent to the second terminal device, where the connection release message carries a message used to indicate the first terminal device.
  • First indication information of the target state of a terminal device so that the second terminal device sends a first message to the first terminal device, where the first message carries a target used to indicate the first terminal device status information.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including: a processor and a memory;
  • the memory for storing computer programs
  • the processor is configured to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the method in any one of the optional implementation manners of any one of the first aspect to the seventh aspect is performed.
  • a sixteenth aspect a communication device, comprising: a processor and an interface circuit;
  • the interface circuit for receiving code instructions and transmitting them to the processor
  • the processor is configured to execute the code instructions to cause the method in any one of the optional embodiments of any one of the first to seventh aspects above to be performed.
  • a seventeenth aspect a computer-readable storage medium storing instructions that, when executed, cause any one of the above-mentioned first to seventh aspects to occur.
  • the method of an alternative embodiment is performed.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes: computer program code, when the computer program code is executed, makes any one of the first to seventh aspects above. The method of an optional embodiment is performed.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a state indication method of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a state indication method of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a state indication method of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • 5a is a schematic flowchart of a state indication method of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 5b is a schematic flowchart of a state indication method of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a state indication method of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7a is a schematic flowchart of a state indication method of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7b is a schematic flowchart of a state indication method of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a structural block diagram of a state indicating device of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is one of the schematic structural diagrams of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a second schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Terminal equipment also known as terminal, user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • MS mobile station
  • MT mobile terminal
  • devices such as handheld devices with wireless connectivity, in-vehicle devices, etc.
  • terminals are: mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer, notebook computer, PDA, mobile internet device (MID), wearable device, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc.
  • the network device may be a base station device, and may also be referred to as an access network device or an access node (AN), which provides wireless access services for terminal devices.
  • the access node may be an evolved base station (evolutional Node B, referred to as eNB or eNodeB) in the LTE system, or a base station device (gNB), a small base station device, a wireless access node (WiFi AP), etc. in a 5G network. This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the relay terminal equipment provides the remote terminal equipment (remote user equipment, Remote UE) with communication to the operator network, and the remote terminal equipment can indirectly access the operator network through the relay terminal equipment.
  • relay terminal equipment can also be called relay user equipment or relay UE;
  • remote terminal equipment can also be called remote user equipment and remote UE;
  • operator networks can deploy 5G base stations (generation NodeBs) based on 5G technology.
  • gNB 5G core network (5G core, 5GC) and data network (DN), 5G core network includes access and mobility management function (AMF).
  • the communication between the remote UE and the relay UE is based on the PC5 interface, and the communication between the relay UE and the gNB is based on the Uu interface.
  • the relay UE transfers between the remote UE and the gNB ( or relay) information.
  • the state of a terminal device includes a connected state and a disconnected state, and the disconnected state is divided into an inactive (inactive) state and an idle (idle) state.
  • UE a terminal device
  • the disconnected state is divided into an inactive (inactive) state and an idle (idle) state.
  • the base station which can be a direct connection or an indirect connection
  • the UE is in a connected state
  • the connection between the UE and the base station is released, the UE is in a disconnected state, which can be in a deactivated state or idle state.
  • both the UE and the base station will release the context information of the UE on the air interface.
  • the UE needs to re-establish a connection with the base station, the UE needs to re-establish a connection with the base station, and the base station needs to download the UE context from the core network side. .
  • both the UE and the base station (or source base station) that previously established a connection with the UE will retain the context information of the UE on the air interface.
  • both the base station and the UE side can The connection is established using the pre-reserved UE context information. Compared with the UE being in an idle state to re-establish a connection with the base station, the process is shortened and the time is shorter.
  • the UE may initiate a request to the base station (or the target base station) to which the UE wants to establish a connection through a resume message, and the resume message carries the resume ID of the UE, so that the base station obtains the advance information according to the resume ID carried in the resume message.
  • the resume ID is sent by the source base station to the UE when the UE changes from the connected state to the deactivated state, and the resume ID is used to instruct the target base station to obtain context information through the source base station.
  • the aforementioned context information may include the following information:
  • fullI-RNTI full Inactive RNTI (radio network temporary identity, wireless network temporary identity)
  • shortI-RNTI shortI-RNTI
  • ran-PagingCycle RAN(radio access network, wireless access network)
  • ran-NotificationAreaInfo RAN notification area information
  • the plural referred to in the present application refers to two or more.
  • "And/or" which describes the association relationship of the associated objects, means that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean that A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone.
  • the character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects are an "or” relationship.
  • first, second, etc. may be used to describe various data in the embodiments of the present invention, these data should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish the various data from each other.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system architecture, where the communication system includes a first terminal device, a second terminal device, and a network device.
  • the first terminal device is indirectly connected (or referred to as indirect communication) with the network device through the second terminal device, and the second terminal device is directly connected (or referred to as direct communication) with the network device;
  • the first terminal device may be the aforementioned remote terminal device,
  • the second terminal device may be the aforementioned relay terminal device, and the network device may be a base station device in an operator network to which the relay terminal device is connected, such as a 5G base station (generation NodeB, gNB).
  • 5G base station generation NodeB, gNB
  • the state of the first terminal device can be processed in either of the following two ways.
  • the first type the second terminal device first notifies the first terminal device that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state, and the first terminal device actively requests the target state of the first terminal device.
  • the second type the second terminal device first initiates a request to enter the disconnected state to the network device, and the network device determines the state of the first terminal device by itself or determines the target state of the first terminal device in combination with the relevant requirements of the first terminal device.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a state indication method and a communication apparatus for a terminal device, which can be applied to the communication system illustrated in FIG. 1 .
  • the state of the first terminal device is indicated to complete the processing of the state of the first terminal device. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving the problem are the same, the method part and the device part of the embodiments can be referred to each other, and the repeated parts will not be repeated.
  • the first terminal device can actively request the target state of the first terminal device from the network device through the second terminal device, and then the network device sends the first terminal device through the second terminal device to the network device.
  • the device indicates the target state of the first terminal.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a first method for indicating a state of a terminal state, and the method is as follows.
  • the second terminal device determines that it needs to enter a disconnected state.
  • the second terminal device is a relay terminal device, and the second terminal device may determine that it needs to enter a disconnected state when the operator network needs to be switched or there is no local data transmission.
  • the second terminal device is a dual-card single-pass mobile phone and other terminal devices
  • the second terminal device may enter a disconnected state (idle state or deactivated state) to save power consumption.
  • the second terminal device sends a first message to the first terminal device, where the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state.
  • the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with the network device through the second terminal device; the first terminal device is a remote terminal device.
  • the first message may be a leave request, and the second terminal device indicates that the second terminal device is about to leave by sending a leave request to the first terminal device, so as to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state.
  • the first terminal device requests a target state of the first terminal device from the network device through the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may send first request information to the network device through the second terminal device, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device, and the The target state can be a connected state, a disconnected state, or an idle/deactivated state in a disconnected state. If the first terminal device has a target state that the first terminal device wants to enter, the information used to indicate the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter may be included in the first request information.
  • the first request information includes a state identifier
  • the state identifier is used for Indicate the target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter; or, if the first terminal device does not have a target state that it wishes to enter, but only requests the network device to indicate a target state, the aforementioned state identifier may not be included in the first request information.
  • the state identifier included in the first request information may be a target state that the first terminal device wants to enter, or an index that can represent the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter.
  • the index of the connected state is 0
  • the index of the idle state in the disconnected state is 1
  • the index of the deactivated state in the disconnected state is 2.
  • the state identifier included in the first request information may be the connection state/connection, or may be "0"; if the first terminal device wishes to enter the connection state If the target state is the idle state in the disconnected state, the state identifier included in the first request information may be idle state/idle, or "1"; if the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter is in the disconnected state Inactive state, the state identifier included in the first request information may be inactive state/inactive, or it may be "2"; if the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter is only the disconnected state, then the first request
  • the state identifiers contained in the information may include idle state/idle, deactivated state/inactive, and may also include "1" and "2".
  • a bit sequence can also be used to represent the index of the target state. For example, based on two bits, the index of the connected state is "00", the index of the idle state in the disconnected state is "01", and the index of the disconnected state is "01". The index of the active state is "10".
  • the first request information may be carried in UE assistance information (UE Assistance information) sent by the first terminal device and sent to the network device.
  • UE Assistance information UE Assistance information
  • the first request information may be the preferredRRC-State-r16 field defined in ReleasePreference-r16 in the UE assistance information sent by the first terminal device; the value of the preferredRRC-State-r16 field is null or the aforementioned state identifier, When the value of the preferredRRC-State-r16 field is empty, it indicates that the first terminal device does not have a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter.
  • the first terminal device may send a second message to the second terminal device, where the second message is used to instruct the first terminal device to confirm that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state.
  • the second message includes information used to indicate the target state that the first terminal wishes to enter, indicating that the first terminal device has a target state that is expected to enter; or, the second message does not include information used to indicate that the first terminal wishes to enter.
  • the information of the entered target state indicates that the first terminal device does not have a desired target state to enter.
  • the corresponding first message is a leave request
  • the second message may be a leave response, indicating that the first terminal device confirms the leave request of the second terminal device, that is, it knows that the second terminal device is about to leave.
  • the second terminal device sends the first request information to the network device according to the second message.
  • the first request information includes a state identifier
  • the second message does not include information for indicating the target state that the first terminal wishes to enter , the first request information does not contain a state identifier.
  • the first request information may be carried in UE assistance information (UE Assistance information) sent by the second terminal device and sent to the network device, and the first request information may be new information in the UE assistance information sent by the second terminal device.
  • UE Assistance information UE Assistance information
  • the first request information is a newly defined remoteID-preferredRRC-State-r16 field in ReleasePreference-r16 in the UE assistance information sent by the second terminal device.
  • the value of the remoteID-preferredRRC-State-r16 field is null or the aforementioned state identifier, and when the value of the remoteID-preferredRRC-State-r16 field is null, it indicates that the first terminal device has no target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter.
  • the remoteID is used to identify the first terminal device, and may be an identifier of the first terminal device.
  • "remoteID-preferredRRC-State-r16" is only used as an indication of a field name, and other field names can also be set in the UE auxiliary information sent by the second terminal device to indicate the first request information, This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the network device indicates the target state of the first terminal device to the first terminal device through the second terminal device.
  • the target state indicated to the first terminal device may be one of a deactivated state, an idle state, and a connected state.
  • the network device may determine the target state indicated by the first indication information based on whether the received first request information includes a state identifier. For example, in the case where the first request information received by the network device does not contain a status identifier, the network device may take into account actual needs such as whether the first terminal device has data to be sent, whether the relevant network service involves the first terminal device, etc. to determine the target state indicated to the first terminal device.
  • the network device may determine the target of the first terminal device indicated to the first terminal device according to the state identifier in the first request information The state, that is, the target state indicated to the first terminal device is consistent with the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter.
  • the network device can also obtain the target state of the second terminal device, and set the target state indicated to the first terminal device to be the same as the target state of the second terminal device.
  • the network device may send a connection release message carrying first indication information to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device.
  • the first indication information contains context information
  • the target state indicated by the first indication information is a deactivated state
  • the first indication information does not contain context information
  • the target state indicated by the first indication information is a deactivated state
  • the target state is the idle state.
  • the connection release message may specifically be implemented by using a radio resource control connection release (radio resource control connection release, RRC Connection Release) message.
  • the network device may send a connection reconfiguration message to the first terminal device through the second terminal device to indicate that the target state of the first terminal device is the connected state.
  • the connection reconfiguration message may be specifically implemented by a radio resource control connection reconfiguration (radio resource connection reconfiguration, RRC Connection Reconfiguration) message.
  • the second terminal device first notifies the first terminal device that it needs to enter the disconnected state, triggering the first terminal device to actively initiate a request for the target state, and the network device sends the target state based on the request of the first terminal device
  • Instructing the first terminal device can prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state from affecting the services of the first terminal device, for example, instructing the first terminal device to remain in the connected state to prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state.
  • the first terminal equipment of data transmission is affected; the deactivation state is indicated to the first terminal equipment, which can avoid causing excessive delay to subsequent reconnection; the idle state is indicated to the first terminal equipment, so that the first terminal equipment is more efficient. Quickly enter the idle state to avoid resource waste caused by the first terminal device not changing the state in time when the second terminal device enters the non-connected state.
  • the first terminal device determining whether it has a target state that it wants to enter; and if the result is yes, determining the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter.
  • the first terminal device may determine the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter according to the first message sent by the second terminal device in S202 and/or whether the first terminal device has data to be sent.
  • the first message sent by the second terminal device carries information used to indicate the target state to be entered by the second terminal device, and the target state to be entered by the second terminal device is one of an idle state and a deactivated state .
  • the second terminal device specifically informs the first terminal device whether the second terminal device needs to enter the idle state in the disconnected state or the deactivated state in the disconnected state by sending the first message carrying the first message to the first terminal device.
  • the target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter may be determined by reference to the following method: if the first terminal device determines that there is no data to be sent, that is, it may not remain in the connected state, the first terminal device may determine that it wishes to enter the target state.
  • the target state is a disconnected state. Specifically, the first terminal device can determine whether the target state it wants to enter is an idle state or a deactivated state according to whether subsequent reconnection is required; or, the first terminal device can determine the desired state.
  • the target state is consistent with the target state indicated in the first message that the second terminal device needs to enter. If the first terminal device determines that data is to be sent, it determines that it still wishes to remain in the connected state.
  • the target state indicated by the first indication information sent by the network device in S304 may refer to the following methods 1 to Three ways to determine:
  • Mode 1 If the first request information requests the target state of the first terminal device to be a disconnected state, but does not specify whether the idle state or the deactivated state, the network device may indicate one of the idle state and the deactivated state to the first terminal device. , for example: the network device can obtain the state to be entered by the second terminal device, and indicate the state to be entered by the second terminal device as the target state of the first terminal device to the first terminal device;
  • Mode 2 If the first request information requests the target state of the first terminal device to be in the disconnected state and the idle state, the network device indicates the idle state to the first terminal device; if the first request information requests the target state of the first terminal device If the state is the disconnected state and the deactivated state, the network device indicates the deactivated state to the first terminal device.
  • the network device may include context information in the first indication information, indicating that the network device indicates the deactivated state to the first terminal device, and can provide context information for the first terminal device to subsequently restore the connection state; that is, the first indication information is used for to indicate that the target state of the first terminal device is the deactivated state.
  • the network device may also not include context information in the first indication information, indicating that the network device indicates the idle state to the first terminal device; that is, the first indication information is used to indicate that the target state of the first terminal device is the idle state.
  • the network device may indicate the connected state to the first terminal device, that is, the first indication information is used to indicate the target of the first terminal device The state is connected.
  • the first terminal device may also send a path switching request to the network device through the second terminal device, and the path switching The request is used to request the first terminal device to keep the connection state.
  • the network device determines a target network device that can communicate with the first terminal device and provides services for the first terminal device, and sends a connection reconfiguration message to the first terminal device through the second terminal device to instruct the first terminal device to establish a connection to the target network device.
  • the connection reconfiguration message may include configuration information of the target network device, and the configuration information of the target network device includes the identifier of the target network device and the wireless resources allocated by the target network device to the first terminal device.
  • the target network device may be pre-configured, or the network device may send the measurement configuration to the first terminal device, and receive the measurement configuration determined by the measurement report sent by the first terminal device when it is determined that the connection state needs to be maintained. .
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a second method for indicating the status of a terminal device, and the method is as follows.
  • the second terminal device determines that it needs to enter a disconnected state.
  • the second terminal device sends a leave request to the first terminal device, where the leave request is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state.
  • the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with the network device through the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device sends the UE auxiliary information to the network device through the second terminal device, that is, the second terminal device relays the UE auxiliary information sent by the first terminal device to the network device.
  • the UE auxiliary information carries first request information, and the first request information is used to request a target state of the first terminal device, and the target state may be a disconnected state, or a deactivated state or an idle state in the disconnected state ;
  • the UE assistance information sent by the first terminal device is a message exchanged between the first terminal device and the network device.
  • the UE assistance information sent by the first terminal device may also be other messages, as long as it carries the first request information, which is not limited.
  • the first request information includes a cause value (cause), where the cause value is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state.
  • S303 in FIG. 3 specifically illustrates that the first request information carried in the UE auxiliary information sent by the first terminal device includes a reason value: relay leave.
  • the network device can determine, based on the aforementioned cause value, that the first terminal device requests its target state because the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state. Do not release or reserve the first resource in the second terminal device, the first resource is the resource required by the second terminal device to provide a relay service for the first terminal device, and the first resource is used by the second terminal device to The information from the first terminal device is sent to the network device, or the first resource is used for the information received by the second terminal device from the network device to be sent to the first terminal device; instead, it waits for the second terminal device to initiate a related request to enter the disconnected state , the first resource and the second resource in the second terminal device are released at one time, and the second resource is the resource required by the second terminal device to communicate with the network device.
  • the resource processing flow for the second terminal device can be simplified, and the signaling overhead can be reduced.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates that after receiving the UE assistance information sent by the first terminal device in S303, the network device temporarily reserves the first resource in the second terminal device; waiting for receiving the UE assistance information sent by the second terminal device in S306 After the UE assists the information, the first resource and the second resource in the second terminal device are released.
  • the aforementioned first resource and second resource are pre-configured by the network device in the second terminal device.
  • the network device sends a connection release message to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, where the connection release message carries first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a target state of the first terminal device, and the target state is idle One of the state and the deactivated state.
  • the first indication information in the connection release message includes context information
  • the first indication information is specifically used to indicate that the target state of the first terminal device is the deactivated state, and after the first terminal device receives the connection release message, , switch from the connected state to the deactivated state based on the context information contained in the first indication information;
  • the first indication information in the connection release message does not contain context information, the first indication information is specifically used to indicate the target of the first terminal device The state is the idle state, and the first terminal device switches from the connected state to the idle state after receiving the connection release message.
  • the connection release message sent by the network device to the first terminal device may be implemented by using an RRC Connection Release message.
  • the first indication information may be SuspendConfig in the RRC Connection Release message sent by the network device to the first terminal device; wherein, if the SuspendConfig contains context information, it indicates the target state of the first terminal device indicated by it. In the deactivated state; if the context information is not included in the SuspendConfig, it indicates that the target state of the first terminal device indicated by the SuspendConfig is in the deactivated state.
  • connection release message sent by the network device in S304 to the first terminal device may also be other messages, as long as it carries the first indication information, which is not limited.
  • the leaving response is used to instruct the first terminal device to confirm that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state, and the leaving response is also used to instruct the first terminal device to enter the target state indicated by the first indication information. Then, the second terminal device may determine that the first terminal device enters the target state according to the leaving response.
  • the second terminal device sends UE auxiliary information to the network device, the UE auxiliary information sent by the second terminal device carries second request information, and the second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, the second terminal device
  • the target state of the device is the disconnected state or the idle state in the disconnected state or the deactivated state in the disconnected state.
  • the UE assistance information sent by the second terminal device may also be other messages, as long as it carries the second request information, which is not limited.
  • the second request information includes a state identifier used to indicate the target state that the second terminal device wants to enter, and the state identifier included in the second request information may be the target state that the second terminal device wants to enter, or it may be able to represent the target state that the second terminal device wants to enter.
  • the index of the target state that the second terminal device wants to enter, and the target state that the second terminal device wants to enter is the disconnected state or the idle state in the disconnected state or the deactivated state in the disconnected state.
  • the second request information may be the preferredRRC-State-r16 field defined in ReleasePreference-r16 in the UE auxiliary information sent by the second terminal device; the value of the preferredRRC-State-r16 field is the value included in the second request information status ID.
  • the value of the preferredRRC-State-r16 field in the UE assistance information sent by the second terminal device is the value of Idle state/idle, deactivated state/inactive, or "1, 2", or "01, 10". If the target state that the second terminal device wants to enter is the idle state in the disconnected state, the preferredRRC-State-r16 field in the UE assistance information sent by the second terminal device takes the value of the idle state/idle, or "1", or "01".
  • the value of the preferredRRC-State-r16 field in the UE assistance information sent by the second terminal device is inactive state/inactive, or "2" , or "10".
  • the network device sends a connection release message to the second terminal device, where the connection release message carries second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the target state (eg, idle state or deactivated state) of the second terminal device.
  • the target state eg, idle state or deactivated state
  • the second indication information is a response made by the network device to the second request information in the UE auxiliary information sent by the second terminal device, and the target state indicated by the second indication information may be determined by the network device itself or when the second request information is sent by the second terminal device.
  • the network device determines that the target state indicated by the second indication information is consistent with the target state requested by the second request information.
  • the second indication information in the connection release message includes context information
  • the second indication information is specifically used to indicate that the target state of the second terminal device is the deactivated state
  • the second terminal device receives the connection release message. Then, enter the deactivated state based on the context information contained in the second indication information; if the first indication information in the connection release message does not contain the context information, the second indication information is specifically used to indicate that the target state of the second terminal device is idle state, the second terminal device enters the idle state after receiving the connection release message.
  • the connection release message sent by the network device to the second terminal device may be implemented by using an RRC Connection Release message.
  • the second indication information may be SuspendConfig in the RRC Connection Release message sent by the network device to the second terminal device; wherein, if the SuspendConfig contains context information, it indicates the target state of the second terminal device indicated by it. In the deactivated state; if the context information is not included in the SuspendConfig, it indicates that the target state of the second terminal device indicated by the SuspendConfig is in the deactivated state.
  • connection release message sent by the network device to the second terminal device in S307 may also be other messages, as long as it carries the second indication information, which is not limited.
  • the second terminal device first notifies the first terminal device that it needs to enter the disconnected state, and triggers the first terminal device to send the second message to the network device through the second terminal device, that is, actively initiates the request target Status; the network device indicates the target status requested according to the second message to the first terminal, and the network changes are minor.
  • the second terminal device requests the network device to instruct it to enter the disconnected state. It can prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state from affecting the services of the first terminal device.
  • the aforementioned S303 and S304 may not be performed, but the following steps S1 and S2 are performed, and then S305 to S307 are performed.
  • connection reconfiguration message may include configuration information of the target network device, and the configuration information of the target network device includes the identifier of the target network device and the wireless resources allocated by the target network device to the first terminal device.
  • the target network device may be pre-configured, or the network device may send the measurement configuration to the first terminal device, and receive the measurement configuration determined by the measurement report sent by the first terminal device when it is determined that the connection state needs to be maintained.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a third method for indicating a state of a terminal device, and the method is as follows.
  • S401 The second terminal device determines that it needs to enter a disconnected state.
  • the second terminal device sends a leave request to the first terminal device, where the leave request is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state.
  • the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with the network device through the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device sends a leave response to the second terminal device, and the leave response carries the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter. active state.
  • the second terminal device sends the UE auxiliary information to the network device according to the leaving response; wherein the UE auxiliary information sent by the second terminal device carries the first request information and the second request information.
  • the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device, and the target state of the first terminal device is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state; the first terminal device requested by the first request information
  • the target state of the device is consistent with the target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter carried in the aforementioned leave response;
  • the second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state of the second terminal device may be disconnected It can also be a deactivated state or an idle state in a disconnected state.
  • the first request information may be remoteID-preferredRRC-State-r16 newly defined in ReleasePreference-r16 in the UE auxiliary information sent by the second terminal device; the second request information may be is the preferredRRC-State-r16 field defined in ReleasePreference-r16 in the UE assistance information sent by the second terminal device.
  • the first request information and the second request information may also be other messages, for example, the fields carried in the third message may also be other fields, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device sends a connection release message to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, where the connection release message carries first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a target state of the first terminal device, and the target state is idle One of the state and the deactivated state.
  • connection release message sent by the network device in S405 to the first terminal device may also be other messages, as long as it carries the first indication information, which is not limited.
  • the network device sends a connection release message to the second terminal device, where the connection release message carries second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the target state of the second terminal device (for example: one of an idle state and a deactivated state). kind).
  • connection release message sent by the network device to the second terminal device in S406 may also be other messages, as long as it carries the second indication information, which is not limited.
  • the second terminal device when the second terminal device needs to enter the non-connected state, the second terminal device requests the network device for the target state it wants to enter on behalf of the first terminal device, which is beneficial to reduce the time when the first terminal device enters the target state. Delay, the network device instructs the first terminal device to enter its desired target state, which can prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state from affecting the services of the first terminal device. And by carrying the first request information and the second request information in the UE auxiliary information sent by the second terminal device to the network device, the second terminal device does not need to wait for the first terminal device to enter the target state before requesting to enter the target state, which is helpful for Improve the status processing efficiency of terminal devices.
  • the second terminal device first initiates a request to the network device to enter the disconnected state, and the network device determines and instructs the target state of the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may enter a target state that the network device expects the first terminal device to enter.
  • the first terminal device may not enter the target state that the network device expects the first terminal device to enter, but may request the network device to enter the target state that it wants to enter.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a fourth terminal state indication method, which is as follows .
  • the second terminal device sends second request information to the network device, where the second request information is used to request a target state of the second terminal device, and the target state is a disconnected state or an idle state or a deactivated state in the disconnected state.
  • the second terminal device may send the second request information to the network device by sending UE assistance information (UE Assistance information) carrying the second request information to the network device.
  • UE assistance information UE Assistance information
  • the UE assistance information sent by the second terminal device may also be other messages, as long as it carries the second request information, which is not limited.
  • implementation manner of the second request information may be implemented with reference to the implementation manner in S306, and details are not described herein again.
  • the network device determines based on the second request information that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state, and the network device sends a measurement configuration to the first terminal device through the second terminal device; wherein, the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device Communicate with the network device through the second terminal device.
  • the measurement configuration is used to instruct the first terminal device to measure cell information of the serving cell of the first terminal device and cell information of neighboring cells of the serving cell.
  • the measurement configuration carries identification information of the serving cell and neighboring cells, and the identification information includes a cell identifier (cell identifier) and a frequency point.
  • the measurement configuration also carries a measurement event, where the measurement event is used to indicate a setting condition for the first terminal device to perform a measurement report to the network device.
  • measurement events include:
  • event A1 When the signal strength of the serving cell is higher than the preset signal strength threshold, a measurement report is made.
  • event A2 When the signal strength of the serving cell is lower than the preset signal strength threshold, a measurement report is performed.
  • event A4 When the signal strength of the neighboring cell is higher than the preset signal strength threshold, a measurement report is made.
  • event A5 When the signal strength of the serving cell is lower than the preconfigured signal strength threshold 1, and the signal strength of the neighboring cell is higher than the preconfigured signal strength threshold 2, a measurement report is performed.
  • event A7 If the first terminal device wishes to remain in the connected state, it reads the neighbor information of the serving cell of the first terminal device and performs a measurement report; otherwise, the first terminal device sends a request for entering the disconnected state to the network device. information.
  • the first terminal device determines that the target state of the first terminal device is a connected state, and sends a measurement report of the measurement configuration to the network device through the second terminal device.
  • the reason for sending the measurement report by the first terminal device may be that the first terminal device has data to be sent and needs to remain in the connected state, or the first terminal device may determine that the first terminal device responds to the network device's request that the first terminal device remains in the connected state. remain connected.
  • the measurement report includes the identifier of the neighbor cell and the signal strength of the neighbor cell.
  • the network device determines, according to the measurement report, a neighboring cell with the strongest signal strength that can provide services for the first terminal device, and determines the network device to which it belongs according to the identifier of the neighboring cell with the strongest signal strength, and sets the The network device to which the neighboring cell with the strongest signal strength belongs is determined as the target network device that can directly communicate with the first terminal device, and the target network device that can directly communicate with the first terminal device.
  • the neighboring cell with the strongest signal strength is the cell under the network device itself, then the network device determines itself as the target network device, and executes the following S504a and S505a after S503. That is, referring specifically to FIG. 5a, the steps executed in this case include S501-S503, as well as S504a and S505a.
  • the network device sends a connection reconfiguration message to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, where the connection reconfiguration message includes configuration information of the network device, where the configuration information includes an identifier of the network device, a wireless network device allocated by the network device to the first terminal device resource. Then the first terminal device establishes a direct connection to the network device according to the connection reconfiguration message.
  • the network device sends second indication information to the second terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate a target state (for example, one of an idle state and a deactivated state) of the second terminal device.
  • a target state for example, one of an idle state and a deactivated state
  • the network device may send the second indication information to the second terminal device by sending a connection release message carrying the second indication information to the second terminal device.
  • the connection release message sent by the first network device to the second terminal device may also be other messages, as long as it carries the second indication information, which is not limited.
  • the implementation of the second indication information may be performed with reference to the implementation in S307, and details are not described herein again.
  • the neighboring cell with the strongest signal strength is not a cell under the network device itself, then the network device determines that it is not the target network device, and executes the following S504b, S505b, and S507-S510 after S503.
  • the steps executed in this case include S501-S503, S504b, S505b, and S507-S510.
  • the network device initiates a handover request (handover request) to the target network device, where the handover request is used to request the target network device to configure resources for the first terminal device.
  • handover request a handover request
  • the network device receives a handover request acknowledgement (handover request acknowledgement) from the target network device, and the handover request acknowledgement is used to instruct the target network device to perform resource configuration for the first terminal device, that is, to access the first terminal device to the target network device.
  • the handover request confirmation carries the radio resources allocated by the target network device to the first terminal device.
  • the network device sends a connection reconfiguration message to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, where the connection reconfiguration message includes configuration information of the target network device, where the configuration information includes the identifier of the target network device, and the target network device is the first terminal device allocated radio resources. Then, the first terminal device establishes a direct connection to the target network device according to the connection reconfiguration message.
  • the network device sends second indication information to the second terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate a target state (for example, an idle state or a deactivated state) of the second terminal device.
  • a target state for example, an idle state or a deactivated state
  • the network device may send the second indication information to the second terminal device by sending a connection release message carrying the second indication information to the second terminal device.
  • the connection release message sent by the first network device to the second terminal device may also be other messages, as long as it carries the second indication information, which is not limited.
  • the implementation of the second indication information may be performed with reference to the implementation in S307, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first terminal device establishes a direct connection to the target network device according to the received connection reconfiguration message, and sends a connection reconfiguration complete message, such as RRC connection reconfiguration complete, to the target network device.
  • a connection reconfiguration complete message such as RRC connection reconfiguration complete
  • the target network device sends a path switch request (PATH SWITCH REQUEST) to the AMF network element in the core network, where the path switch request is used to request to switch the data transmission tunnel of the first terminal device from the network device to the target network device.
  • PATH SWITCH REQUEST a path switch request
  • the AMF requests the UPF for information of the data transmission tunnel of the first terminal device, such as the port number and IP address; the AMF completes the path switch based on the information of the data transmission tunnel of the first terminal device, and the AMF sends a path switch request response to the target network device (PATH SWITCH REQUEST RESPONSE), the path switch request response is used to instruct the data transmission tunnel of the first terminal device to be switched from the network device to the target network device.
  • PATH SWITCH REQUEST RESPONSE the path switch request response is used to instruct the data transmission tunnel of the first terminal device to be switched from the network device to the target network device.
  • the network device when the network device determines that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state and wants the first terminal device to remain in the connected state, the network device sends the measurement configuration to the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device determines that it needs to maintain a connection state, and sends a measurement report of the measurement configuration to the network device through the second terminal device, and then the network device determines a target network device that can be directly connected to the first terminal device according to the measurement report, and completes the connection required.
  • the relevant configuration on the network side of the terminal can prevent the second terminal device from entering a disconnected state from affecting services such as data transmission required by the first terminal device.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a fifth terminal state indication method, which is as follows .
  • the second terminal device sends second request information to the network device, where the second request information is used to request a target state of the second terminal device, and the target state is a disconnected or idle state in a disconnected state or an idle state in a disconnected state deactivated state.
  • the second terminal device may send the second request information to the network device by sending UE assistance information (UE Assistance information) carrying the second request information to the network device.
  • UE assistance information UE Assistance information
  • the UE assistance information sent by the second terminal device may also be other messages, as long as it carries the second request information, which is not limited.
  • implementation manner of the second request information may be implemented with reference to the implementation manner in S306, and details are not described herein again.
  • the network device determines based on the second request information that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state, and the network device sends a measurement configuration to the first terminal device through the second terminal device; wherein, the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device Communicate with the network device through the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device determines that there is no data to be sent, and requests the network device through the second terminal device for a target state of the first terminal device, the target state may be a disconnected state, or specifically an idle state in a disconnected state or a disconnected state deactivated state.
  • the first terminal device may send first request information to the network device through the second terminal device, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device, and the first request information requests
  • the target state of the device can be a disconnected state, an idle state in a disconnected state, or a deactivated state in a disconnected state; wherein, the first request information contains a target state used to indicate that the first terminal device wishes to enter,
  • the state identifier of the target state to be entered the state identifier is, for example, a state identifier of a state in a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state.
  • the first terminal device may send a second message to the second terminal device, where the second message is used to instruct the first terminal device to confirm that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state.
  • the second message carries the target state that the first terminal wishes to enter (for example, one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state).
  • the second terminal device sends first request information to the network device according to the second message, where the first request information includes a state used to indicate that the first terminal device wishes to enter one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state logo.
  • the implementation may be performed with reference to the two optional implementation manners in the foregoing S203, which will not be repeated here.
  • the network device sends a connection release message to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, the connection release message received by the first terminal device carries first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device,
  • the target state is one of an idle state and a deactivated state.
  • connection release message sent by the network device in S604 to the first terminal device may also be other messages, as long as it carries the first indication information, which is not limited.
  • the network device sends a connection release message to the second terminal device, the connection release message received by the second terminal device carries second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate a target state of the second terminal device, and the target state is idle state or deactivated state.
  • the implementation manner of the second indication information may be performed with reference to the implementation manner in S307, and details are not described herein again.
  • the connection release message sent by the network device in S605 to the second terminal device may also be other messages, as long as it carries the second indication information, which is not limited.
  • the network device determines that the first terminal device enters the target state, and then sends the second indication information to the second terminal device.
  • the manner in which the network device determines that the first terminal device enters the target state may include the following process: (1) The first terminal device changes from the connected state to the deactivated state or idle state based on receiving the connection release message described in S703a After the state has entered the target state, the second terminal device is notified that it has entered the target state.
  • the specific notification method may be that the first terminal device sends the foregoing leave response to the second terminal device, which is not limited here.
  • the second terminal device notifies the network device that the first terminal device has entered the target state.
  • the specific notification method may be that the second terminal device sends the leaving response sent by the first terminal device to the network device, which is not limited here.
  • the network device determines that the first terminal device enters the target state according to the notification from the second terminal device.
  • the network device when the network device determines that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state and wants the first terminal device to remain in the connected state, the network device sends the measurement configuration to the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device determines that it can enter the disconnected state, and requests the network device through the second terminal device that the target state of the first terminal device belongs to the disconnected state (for example: disconnected state, idle state, or deactivated state), and the network device then Instructing the first terminal device to enter the idle state or the deactivated state can prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state from affecting the services of the first terminal device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a seventh terminal state indication method, which is as follows.
  • the second terminal device sends second request information to the network device, where the second request information is used to request a target state of the second terminal device, and the target state is a disconnected or idle state in a disconnected state or an idle state in a disconnected state deactivated state.
  • the second terminal device may send the second request information to the network by sending the UE assistance information (UE Assistance information) carrying the second request information to the network device. equipment.
  • UE assistance information UE Assistance information
  • the UE assistance information sent by the second terminal device may also be other messages, as long as it carries the second request information, which is not limited.
  • implementation manner of the second request information may be implemented with reference to the implementation manner in S306, and details are not described herein again.
  • the network device configures a target state of the first terminal device, and the target state may be an idle state or a deactivated state in a disconnected state.
  • the network device determines that the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with the network device through the second terminal device, and then configures the target state of the first terminal device.
  • the network device may determine whether to set the target state of the first terminal device to the idle state or the deactivated state according to the preconfigured target state of the first terminal device and/or the second request information.
  • the network device will check whether the target state of the first terminal device is preconfigured or randomly The target state of the first terminal device is set to one of an idle state and a deactivated state.
  • the network device may set the target state of the first terminal device to be the same as the second request information. Request the same state as the target state of the second terminal device.
  • the following steps S703a-S704a are performed after S702, that is, referring to FIG. 7a in detail, the optional implementation manner includes steps S701-S702, and S703a-S704a.
  • the network device sends first indication information to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the target state (eg idle state or deactivated state) of the first terminal device, and the first indication information
  • the indicated target state may be the same as the target state of the first terminal device configured by the network device in S702.
  • the network device may send a connection release message carrying the first indication information to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, so as to send the first indication information to the first terminal device.
  • the connection release message sent by the first network device to the first terminal device may also be other messages, as long as it carries the first indication information, which is not limited.
  • the implementation of the first indication information may be performed with reference to the implementation in S304, and details are not described herein again.
  • the network device sends second indication information to the second terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate a target state of the second terminal device, and the target state is one of an idle state and a deactivated state.
  • the network device may send the second indication information to the second terminal device by sending a connection release message carrying the second indication information to the second terminal device.
  • the connection release message sent by the first network device to the second terminal device may also be other messages, as long as it carries the second indication information, which is not limited.
  • implementation manner of the second indication information may be performed with reference to the implementation manners in S307 and S605, and details are not described herein again.
  • steps S703b, S704b, and S705-S706 are performed after S702. That is, referring specifically to FIG. 7b , the alternative embodiment includes steps S701-S702, S703b, S704b, and S705-S706.
  • the network device sends a connection release message to the second terminal device, where the connection release message carries the first indication information and the second indication information.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the target state (eg: idle state or deactivated state) of the first terminal device, and the target state is the same as the target state of the first terminal device configured by the network device in S702.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate a target state of the second terminal device, and the target state of the second terminal device is an idle state or a deactivated state.
  • the second indication information is a response made by the network device to the second terminal device sending the second request information, and the target state indicated by the second indication information may be determined by the network device itself or when the second request information is indicated.
  • the network device determines that the target state indicated by the second indication information is consistent with the target state requested by the second request information.
  • the connection release message sent by the network device to the second terminal device may be implemented by using an RRC Connection Release message.
  • the first indication information may be the newly defined ReleaseForOtherUE in the RRC Connection Release message sent by the network device to the second terminal device; wherein, if ReleaseForOtherUE contains context information, it indicates that the first terminal device indicated by it The target state is deactivated state; if the context information is not included in ReleaseForOtherUE, it means that the target state of the first terminal device indicated by it is deactivated state.
  • ReleaseForOtherUE is only used as an indication of a field name, and other field names can also be set in the RRC Connection Release message sent by the network device to the second terminal device to indicate the first indication information, which is not the case in this embodiment of the present application. limit.
  • the second indication information may be SuspendConfig in the RRC Connection Release message sent by the network device to the second terminal device; wherein, if the SuspendConfig contains context information, it indicates the target state of the second terminal device indicated by it. In the deactivated state; if the context information is not included in the SuspendConfig, it indicates that the target state of the second terminal device indicated by the SuspendConfig is in the deactivated state.
  • connection release message sent by the first network device to the second terminal device in S703b may also be other messages, as long as it carries the first indication information and the second indication information, which is not limited.
  • the second terminal device sends a first message to the first terminal device, where the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state.
  • the first message may be a leave request.
  • the first terminal device may determine that the terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state, or the second terminal device is about to leave.
  • the first message carries information used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device.
  • the first message may carry the first indication information of the connection release message in S703b; or, the first message may carry the target state of the first terminal device, and the target state of the first terminal device is the same as the connection release in S703b.
  • the target states of the first terminal equipment indicated by the first indication information of the message are the same.
  • the second terminal device sends a leave request to the first terminal device, and the leave request carries the first indication information.
  • the first terminal device changes from the connection state to the target state indicated by the first indication information. Specifically, if the first indication information includes context information, indicating that the first indication information is used to indicate that the target state of the first terminal device is the deactivated state, then the first terminal device is connected by the connection based on the context information contained in the first indication information. If the first indication information does not contain context information, it indicates that the first indication information is used to indicate that the target state of the first terminal device is the idle state, then the first terminal device changes from the connected state based on the first indication information to the idle state. to idle state.
  • the first terminal device sends a second message to the second terminal device, the second message is used to instruct the first terminal device to confirm that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state, and the second message is also used to instruct the first terminal device to enter the target state.
  • the second message may be a leave response.
  • the network device when the network device determines that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state, the network device sets the first terminal device and the second terminal device to an idle state or a deactivated state, respectively, and sends the second terminal device to the second terminal device.
  • a terminal device instructs the first terminal device to configure its own target state according to the instructions of the network device, which can prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state from affecting the services of the first terminal device, and improve the state of the first terminal device. processing efficiency.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus 800 for indicating a state of a terminal device.
  • the apparatus 800 includes a communication module 801 and a processing module 802 .
  • the terminal equipment status indication apparatus 800 may be the first terminal equipment, or may be an apparatus applied to the first terminal equipment and capable of supporting the first terminal equipment to execute the terminal equipment status indication method, or the terminal equipment status indication apparatus 800 may be the second terminal device, or may be a device applied to the second terminal device and capable of supporting the second terminal device to execute the state indicating method of the terminal device, or the state indicating device 800 of the terminal device may be a network device, or It may be an apparatus applied to a network device and capable of supporting the network device to execute a state indication method of a terminal device.
  • Embodiment 1 The apparatus 800 is applied to a first terminal device, where the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with a network device through the second terminal device.
  • the apparatus 800 includes:
  • the communication module 801 is configured to receive a first message from the second terminal device, where the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state.
  • the communication module 801 is further configured to send first request information to the network device through the second terminal device, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device; or, send a second message to the second terminal device, the second The message is used to instruct the first terminal device to confirm that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state, so that the second terminal device sends first request information to the network device, and the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal device first notifies the first terminal device that it needs to enter the disconnected state, triggering the first terminal device to actively initiate a request for the target state, and the network device sends the target state based on the request of the first terminal device Instructing the first terminal device can prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state from affecting the services of the first terminal device.
  • the communication module 801 is further configured to: receive first indication information from the network device through the second terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device.
  • the communication module 801 is further configured to: receive a connection release message from the network device through the second terminal, the connection release message carries first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the first indication
  • the target state of the terminal device, the target state indicated by the first indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state.
  • the first indication information includes context information, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is a deactivated state; or, the first indication information does not include context information, and the first indication information contains The indicated target state is the idle state.
  • the first request information includes information used to indicate a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter; and/or, the second message includes information used to indicate that the first terminal device wishes to enter Information about the target state.
  • the first request information includes a cause value
  • the cause value is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state.
  • the apparatus further includes: a processing module 802, configured to determine that the first terminal device needs to remain connected; a communication module 801, further configured to send a path switching request to the network device through the second terminal device; The communication module 801 is further configured to receive a connection reconfiguration message from the network device through the second terminal device, the connection reconfiguration message is used to instruct the first terminal device to establish a direct connection to the target network device, and the connection reconfiguration message includes the target network Device configuration information.
  • the apparatus 800 is applied to a first terminal device, the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with a network device through the second terminal device.
  • the apparatus 800 includes:
  • the communication module 801 is used to receive the measurement configuration from the network device through the second terminal device; wherein, the measurement configuration is sent by the network device when it is determined that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state; the communication module 801 is also used to pass the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal device sends a measurement report of the measurement configuration or the first request information to the network device, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device.
  • the network device when the network device determines that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state and wants the first terminal device to remain in the connected state, the network device sends the measurement configuration to the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may determine that it needs to remain in the connected state, and sends a measurement report of the measurement configuration to the network device through the second terminal device, or the first terminal device determines that it may not remain in the connected state, and sends the first terminal device to the network device through the second terminal device.
  • Request information Furthermore, the network device can indicate the target state of the first terminal device based on the measurement report fed back by the first terminal device or the first request information, which can prevent the second terminal device from entering a disconnected state from affecting services such as data transmission required by the first terminal device. .
  • the apparatus further includes a processing module 802; if the communication module 801 is configured to send a measurement report of the measurement configuration to the network device through the second terminal device, the communication module 801 is further configured to send a measurement report of the measurement configuration to the network device through the second terminal device.
  • the device receives a connection reconfiguration message from the network device, where the connection reconfiguration message includes configuration information of the target network device; the processing module 802 is configured to establish a direct connection to the target network device according to the connection reconfiguration message.
  • the method further includes: receiving, through the second terminal device, a connection release message from the network device, where the connection release message carries the first request message.
  • Indication information the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state.
  • the first indication information includes context information, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is a deactivated state; or, the first indication information does not include context information, and the first indication information contains The indicated target state is the idle state.
  • the third embodiment the apparatus 800 is applied to a first terminal device, the first terminal device is in a connected state, and the first terminal device communicates with the network device through the second terminal device.
  • the apparatus 800 includes:
  • the communication module 801 is used for acquiring the target state of the first terminal device configured by the network device; wherein, the target state of the first terminal device is configured by the network device when it determines that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state; the processing module 802 , which is used to make the first terminal device enter the target state of the first terminal device configured by the network device.
  • the first terminal device obtains and enters the target state of the first terminal device configured by the network device when determining that the second terminal device is to enter the disconnected state, so as to prevent the first terminal device from being unable to continue to communicate with the network through the second terminal. The impact on the service of the first terminal device when the device communicates.
  • the communication module 801 is further configured to: receive first indication information from the network device through the second terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, the first The target state indicated by the indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state; wherein, the first indication information is sent by the network device when it receives the second request information sent by the second terminal device, and the second request information is sent by the network device.
  • the target state requested by the second request information is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state.
  • the communication module 801 is further configured to: receive a first message sent by the second terminal device, where the first message carries information used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device; wherein the first message A message is sent when the second terminal device receives the connection release message sent by the network device.
  • the connection release message carries first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device; the connection release message is Sent by the network device when it receives the second request message sent by the second terminal device, the second request message is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request message is the disconnected state and the idle state , one of the deactivated states.
  • the apparatus 800 is applied to the second terminal equipment, and the second terminal equipment is used to establish communication between the first terminal equipment in the connected state and the network equipment, and the apparatus 800 includes:
  • the communication module 801 is configured to send a first message to the first terminal device, where the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state.
  • the communication module 801 is further configured to send the first request information from the first terminal device to the network device, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device; or, receive the second message sent by the first terminal device , the second message is used to instruct the first terminal device to confirm that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state, and to send first request information to the network device, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal device first notifies the first terminal device that it needs to enter the disconnected state, triggering the first terminal device to actively initiate a request for the target state, and the network device sends the target state based on the request of the first terminal device Instructing the first terminal device can prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state from affecting the services of the first terminal device.
  • the communication module 801 is further configured to send first indication information from the network device to the first terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device; wherein, The first indication information is sent by the network device after receiving the first request information.
  • the apparatus further includes a processing module 802; the communication module 801 is further configured to send the second request information to the network device when the processing module 802 determines that the first terminal device has received the first indication information; Alternatively, the communication module 801 is further configured to send a third message to the network device after receiving the second message sent by the first terminal device, where the third message carries the first request information and the second request information, and the second request information is used to request The target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state.
  • the communication module 801 is further configured to receive second indication information sent by the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the target state of the second terminal device, and the target indicated by the second indication information
  • the state is one of an idle state and a deactivated state; wherein, the second indication information is sent by the network device after receiving the second request information.
  • the first request information includes information used to indicate a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter; and/or, the second message includes information used to indicate that the first terminal device wishes to enter Information about the target state.
  • the communication module 801 is further configured to send a connection release message from the network device to the first terminal device; wherein the connection release message carries first indication information, and the first indication information indicates The target state is one of the idle state and the deactivated state.
  • the first indication information includes context information, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is a deactivated state; or, the first indication information does not include context information, and the first indication information contains The indicated target state is the idle state.
  • the communication module 801 is further configured to send a path switching request from the first terminal device to the network device; wherein, the path switching request is a request made by the first terminal device when it is determined that the connection state needs to be maintained. sent; the connection reconfiguration message from the network device is sent to the first terminal device, the connection reconfiguration message is used to instruct the first terminal device to establish a direct connection to the target network device, and the connection reconfiguration message contains the configuration information of the target network device .
  • the apparatus 800 is applied to network equipment, the network equipment communicates with the first terminal equipment in the connected state through the second terminal equipment, and the second terminal equipment needs to enter the non-connected state, and the apparatus 800 includes:
  • the communication module 801 is configured to receive first request information, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device.
  • the communication module 801 is further configured to indicate the target state of the first terminal device to the first terminal device through the second terminal device.
  • the first request information is sent to the network device, so as to trigger the network device to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, so as to prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state.
  • the connection state affects the service of the first terminal device.
  • the first request information includes information used to indicate a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter, and the method further includes: according to the target state that the first terminal device The target state of the first terminal device indicated by the terminal device.
  • the communication module 801 is further configured to send a connection release message to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, where the connection release message carries first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the first The target state of the terminal device, the target state indicated by the first indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state; or, a connection reconfiguration message is sent to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, and the connection reconfiguration message is used to indicate that the target state of the first terminal device is the connected state.
  • the communication module 801 is further configured to: receive, through the second terminal device, first request information sent by the first terminal device, where the first request information is when the first terminal device receives a message from the second terminal device. Sent when the first message from the terminal device is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state; or, the first message sent by the receiving second terminal device when it receives the second message from the first terminal device. a request message; wherein, the second message is sent by the first terminal device when it receives the first message from the second terminal device; the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state, and the second message is used It is used to instruct the first terminal device to confirm that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state.
  • the communication module 801 after indicating the target state of the first terminal device, is further configured to: receive second request information sent by the second terminal device, where the second request information is used to request the second terminal device
  • the target state of the terminal device, the target state requested by the second request information is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state.
  • the communication module 801 is further configured to: receive a third message sent by the second terminal device when receiving the second message from the first terminal device, where the third message carries the first request information and second request information, the second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state.
  • the communication module 801 is further configured to: when receiving the second request information, send second indication information to the second terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the The target state, the target state indicated by the second indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state.
  • the first request information includes a cause value, and the cause value is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state;
  • the apparatus further includes a processing module 802; the processing module 802 is used for in the communication module 801 When receiving the first request information, do not release the first resource in the second terminal device; wherein, the first resource is used by the second terminal device to send information from the first terminal device to the network device, or the first resource is used by the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device sends the information from the network terminal device to the first terminal device.
  • the communication module 801 is further configured to: receive, through the second terminal device, a path switching request sent by the first terminal device; wherein, the path switching request is when the first terminal device determines that the connection state needs to be maintained
  • the connection reconfiguration message is sent to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, the connection reconfiguration message is used to instruct the first terminal device to establish a direct connection to the target network device, and the connection reconfiguration message contains the configuration of the target network device. information.
  • the second embodiment the apparatus 800 is applied to network equipment, and the network equipment communicates with the first terminal equipment in a connected state through the second terminal equipment.
  • the apparatus 800 includes:
  • the communication module 801 is configured to receive second request information sent by the second terminal device, the second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information is a disconnected state, a deactivated state, a One of the idle states; the communication module 801 is further configured to send the measurement configuration to the first terminal device through the second terminal device; the communication module 801 is further configured to receive the measurement configuration from the first terminal device through the second terminal device The measurement report or the first request information; wherein, the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device.
  • the apparatus further includes a processing module 802; the processing module 802 is configured to, when the communication module 801 receives a measurement report of the measurement configuration from the first terminal device through the second terminal device, control according to the measurement report
  • the communication module 801 sends a connection reconfiguration message to the first terminal device, where the connection reconfiguration message includes configuration information of the target network device to instruct the first terminal device to establish a direct connection to the target network device.
  • the communication module 801 is further configured to send the first indication to the first terminal device through the second terminal device when receiving the first request information from the first terminal device through the second terminal device information, the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state.
  • the target state indicated by the first indication information is determined according to the first request information and/or the second request information.
  • the information in the first request information is used to indicate the target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter.
  • the apparatus 800 is applied to network equipment, the network equipment communicates with the first terminal equipment in the connected state through the second terminal equipment, and the second terminal equipment needs to enter the non-connected state, the apparatus 800 includes:
  • the communication module 801 is configured to receive second request information sent by the second terminal device, the second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information is a disconnected state, an idle state, a One of the deactivated states; the processing module 802 is configured to configure the target state of the first terminal device; wherein, the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with the network device through the second terminal device.
  • the network device configures the target state of the first terminal device when it is determined that the second terminal device is to enter the disconnected state, so as to prevent the first terminal device from being unable to continue to communicate with the network device through the second terminal. The impact caused by the service of the first terminal device.
  • the configured target state of the first terminal device is the same as the target state requested by the second request information.
  • the communication module 801 is further configured to: send the first indication information to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, the first The indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device; or, a connection release message is sent to the second terminal device, and the connection release message carries the first indication information used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, so that the second The terminal device sends a first message to the first terminal device, where the first message carries information used to indicate a target state of the first terminal device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication apparatus 900 .
  • the communication device 900 may be a chip or a system of chips.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the communication apparatus 900 may include at least one processor 910, and the communication apparatus 900 may further include at least one memory 920 for storing computer programs, program instructions and/or data. Memory 920 is coupled to processor 910 .
  • the coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules.
  • Processor 910 may cooperate with memory 920 .
  • the memory 920 stores necessary computer programs, program instructions and/or data for implementing any of the above embodiments; the processor 910 may execute the computer programs stored in the memory 920 to complete the methods in any of the above embodiments.
  • at least one of the at least one memory 920 may be included in the processor 910 .
  • the communication apparatus 900 may further include a transceiver 930, and the communication apparatus 900 may exchange information with other devices through the transceiver 930.
  • the transceiver 930 can be a circuit, a bus, a transceiver, or any other device that can be used for information exchange.
  • the communication apparatus 900 may be applied to the first terminal device, and the specific communication apparatus 900 may be the first terminal device, or may be capable of supporting the first terminal device to implement any of the above-mentioned embodiments means in the function of the first terminal device.
  • the memory 920 stores necessary computer programs, program instructions and/or data to implement the functions of the first terminal device in any of the above embodiments.
  • the processor 910 can execute the computer program stored in the memory 920 to complete the method executed by the first terminal device in any of the foregoing embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 900 may be applied to a second terminal device, and the specific communication apparatus 900 may be the second terminal device, or may be capable of supporting the second terminal device, so as to implement any of the above-mentioned implementations
  • the function of the second terminal equipment means.
  • the memory 920 stores necessary computer programs, program instructions and/or data to implement the functions of the second terminal device in any of the above embodiments.
  • the processor 910 can execute the computer program stored in the memory 920 to complete the method executed by the second terminal device in any of the foregoing embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 900 may be applied to a network device, and the specific communication apparatus 900 may be a network device, or may be a network device capable of supporting the functions of the network device in any of the above-mentioned embodiments. installation.
  • the memory 920 holds the necessary computer programs, program instructions and/or data to implement the functions of the network device in any of the above-described embodiments.
  • the processor 910 can execute the computer program stored in the memory 920 to complete the method executed by the network device in any of the foregoing embodiments.
  • connection medium between the transceiver 930 , the processor 910 , and the memory 920 is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the memory 920, the processor 910, and the transceiver 930 are connected by a bus in FIG. 9.
  • the bus is represented by a thick line in FIG. 9.
  • the connection mode between other components is only for schematic illustration. It is not limited.
  • the bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus and so on. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 9, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component, which may implement or The methods, steps, and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of this application are executed.
  • a general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the methods disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as executed by a hardware processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the memory may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), etc., or may also be a volatile memory (volatile memory), for example Random-access memory (RAM).
  • the memory may also be, but is not limited to, any other medium that can be used to carry or store the desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer.
  • the memory in this embodiment of the present application may also be a circuit or any other device capable of implementing a storage function, for storing computer programs, program instructions and/or data.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides another communication apparatus 1000, including: an interface circuit 1010 and a processor 1020; the interface circuit 1010 is configured to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor; the processor 1020 , which is used to run code instructions to execute the method executed by the first terminal device, the method executed by the second terminal device, or the method executed by the network device in any of the foregoing embodiments.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, where an instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instruction is executed, the method executed by the first terminal device in any of the foregoing embodiments is executed.
  • the method performed by the second terminal device is implemented or the method performed by the network device is implemented.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may include: U disk, removable hard disk, read-only memory, random access memory, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, including a processor, for supporting the communication apparatus to implement the functions involved in the terminal equipment or the network equipment in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the chip is connected to a memory or the chip includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data of the communication device.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be provided as a method, a system, or a computer program product. Accordingly, the present application may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware aspects. Furthermore, the present application may take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including, but not limited to, disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) having computer-usable program code embodied therein.
  • computer-usable storage media including, but not limited to, disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.
  • These computer program instructions may also be stored in a computer-readable memory capable of directing a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to function in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory result in an article of manufacture comprising instruction means, the instructions
  • the apparatus implements the functions specified in the flow or flow of the flowcharts and/or the block or blocks of the block diagrams.

Abstract

The present application relates to the field of communication technology, and discloses a state indication method for user equipment (UE) and a communication apparatus, for solving the problem of lack of processing of the state of a remote UE when a relay UE enters a non-connected state. Said method is applied to a first UE. The first UE is in a connected state, and the first UE communicates with a network device by means of a second UE. Said method comprises: receiving a first message from a second UE, the first message being used to indicate that the second UE needs to enter a non-connected state; sending first request information to a network device by means of the second UE; or sending a second message to the second UE, the second message being used to indicate that the first UE confirms that the second UE needs to enter a non-connected state, so that the second UE sends the first request information to the network device, the first request information being used to request for a target state of the first UE.

Description

一种终端设备的状态指示方法及通信装置A state indication method and communication device of terminal equipment
相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
本申请要求在2020年07月29日提交中国专利局、申请号为202010746015.8、申请名称为“一种终端设备的状态指示方法及通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number of 202010746015.8 and the application title of "A Status Indication Method and Communication Device for Terminal Equipment" filed with the China Patent Office on July 29, 2020, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application.
技术领域technical field
本申请实施例涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种终端设备的状态指示方法及通信装置。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a state indication method and a communication apparatus of a terminal device.
背景技术Background technique
在第五代移动通信(5th-Generation,5G)邻近服务(proximity service,ProSe)技术中,远程终端设备(remote user equipment,Remote UE)可通过中继终端设备(relay user equipment,Relay UE)接入运营商网络,Relay UE与运营商网络中的基站直接通信。In the fifth-generation mobile communication (5th-Generation, 5G) proximity service (Proximity service, ProSe) technology, the remote terminal equipment (remote user equipment, Remote UE) can be connected through the relay terminal equipment (relay user equipment, Relay UE) After entering the operator's network, the Relay UE communicates directly with the base station in the operator's network.
目前,在Relay UE需要断开与运营商网络中基站的通信进入非连接态时,缺乏对于Remote UE的状态处理,导致Remote UE的业务受到影响。At present, when the Relay UE needs to disconnect from the communication with the base station in the operator's network and enter the disconnected state, it lacks the state processing for the Remote UE, which affects the services of the Remote UE.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请实施例提供一种终端设备状态指示方法及通信装置,在中继终端设备需要断开与运营商网络中基站的通信进入非连接态时,对远程终端设备的状态进行指示,以期避免影响远程终端设备的业务。The embodiments of the present application provide a terminal equipment status indication method and communication device, when the relay terminal equipment needs to disconnect the communication with the base station in the operator's network and enter the non-connected state, the status of the remote terminal equipment is indicated, in order to avoid influence The business of remote terminal equipment.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端设备的状态指示方法,应用于第一终端设备,所述第一终端设备处于连接态且所述第一终端设备通过所述第二终端设备与网络设备通信,所述方法包括:接收来自第二终端设备的第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态;通过所述第二终端设备向所述网络设备发送第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第一终端设备的目标状态;或者,向所述第二终端设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息用于指示所述第一终端设备确认所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态,以使得所述第二终端设备向所述网络设备发送第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第一终端设备的目标状态。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a state indication method for a terminal device, which is applied to a first terminal device, where the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with a network through the second terminal device device communication, the method includes: receiving a first message from a second terminal device, where the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state; sending a message to the network through the second terminal device The device sends first request information, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device; or sends a second message to the second terminal device, where the second message is used to indicate the The first terminal device confirms that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state, so that the second terminal device sends first request information to the network device, where the first request information is used to request the first terminal The target state of the device.
本申请实施例中,第二终端设备先将其需要进入非连接态的情况通知给第一终端设备,触发第一终端设备主动发起请求目标状态,网络设备基于第一终端设备的请求将目标状态指示给第一终端设备,能够避免第二终端设备进入非连接态对第一终端设备的业务造成影响。In the embodiment of the present application, the second terminal device first notifies the first terminal device that it needs to enter the disconnected state, triggering the first terminal device to actively initiate a request for the target state, and the network device sends the target state based on the request of the first terminal device Instructing the first terminal device can prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state from affecting the services of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:通过所述第二终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态。In an optional implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving, through the second terminal device, first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the first terminal device target state.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述通过所述第二终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第一指示信息,包括:通过所述第二终端接收来自所述网络设备的连接释放消息,所述连接释放消息中携带所述第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的目标状 态,所述第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, the receiving, by the second terminal device, the first indication information from the network device includes: receiving, by the second terminal, a connection release message from the network device, The connection release message carries the first indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is idle state, deactivated one of the states.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息中包含上下文信息,所述第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为去激活态;或,所述第一指示信息中未包含上下文信息,所述第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态。In an optional implementation manner, the first indication information includes context information, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is a deactivated state; or, the first indication information does not include context information , the target state indicated by the first indication information is an idle state.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述第一请求信息中包含用于指示所述第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态的信息;和/或,所述第二消息中包含用于指示所述第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态的信息。In an optional implementation manner, the first request information includes information used to indicate a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter; and/or, the second message includes information used to indicate the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter; information about the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述第一请求信息中包含原因值,所述原因值用于指示所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态。能够在向网络设备请求第一终端的目标状态时,将第二终端设备需要进入非连接态的情况也通知到网络设备。In an optional implementation manner, the first request information includes a cause value, and the cause value is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state. When requesting the target state of the first terminal from the network device, the network device can also be notified that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:确定所述第一终端设备需要保持连接态时,通过所述第二终端设备向所述网络设备发送路径转换请求;通过所述第二终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的连接重配置消息,所述连接重配置消息用于指示所述第一终端设备建立到目标网络设备的直接连接,所述连接重配置消息中包含所述目标网络设备的配置信息。In an optional implementation manner, the method further includes: when it is determined that the first terminal device needs to maintain a connection state, sending a path switching request to the network device through the second terminal device; The second terminal device receives a connection reconfiguration message from the network device, the connection reconfiguration message is used to instruct the first terminal device to establish a direct connection to the target network device, and the connection reconfiguration message includes the target Configuration information for network devices.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端设备的状态指示方法,应用于第一终端设备,所述第一终端设备处于连接态且所述第一终端设备通过第二终端设备与网络设备通信,所述方法包括:通过所述第二终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的测量配置;其中,所述测量配置为所述网络设备在确定所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态时发送的;通过所述第二终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述测量配置的测量报告或者第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第一终端设备的目标状态。In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a state indication method for a terminal device, which is applied to a first terminal device, where the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with a network device through the second terminal device , the method includes: receiving, by the second terminal device, a measurement configuration from the network device; wherein the measurement configuration is sent by the network device when it is determined that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state ; Send the measurement report of the measurement configuration or the first request information to the network device through the second terminal device, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device.
本申请实施例中,网络设备在确定第二终端设备需要进入非连接态时,希望第一终端设备保持连接态,则向第一终端设备发送测量配置。第一终端设备可确定自身需要保持连接态,通过第二终端设备向网络设备发送测量配置的测量报告或者第一终端设备确定可以不保持在连接态,通过第二终端设备向网络设备发送第一请求信息。进而网络设备可基于第一终端设备反馈回的测量报告或者第一请求信息指示第一终端设备的目标状态,能够避免第二终端设备进入非连接态对第一终端设备需要传输数据等业务造成影响。In the embodiment of the present application, when the network device determines that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state and wants the first terminal device to remain in the connected state, the network device sends the measurement configuration to the first terminal device. The first terminal device may determine that it needs to remain in the connected state, and sends a measurement report of the measurement configuration to the network device through the second terminal device, or the first terminal device determines that it may not remain in the connected state, and sends the first terminal device to the network device through the second terminal device. Request information. Furthermore, the network device can indicate the target state of the first terminal device based on the measurement report fed back by the first terminal device or the first request information, which can prevent the second terminal device from entering a disconnected state from affecting services such as data transmission required by the first terminal device. .
在一种可选的实现方式中,若通过所述第二终端设备向网络设备发送所述测量配置的测量报告,所述方法还包括:通过所述第二终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的连接重配置消息,所述连接重配置消息包括目标网络设备的配置信息;根据所述连接重配置消息,建立到所述目标网络设备的直接连接。In an optional implementation manner, if the measurement report of the measurement configuration is sent to a network device through the second terminal device, the method further includes: receiving, through the second terminal device, a measurement report from the network device. A connection reconfiguration message, where the connection reconfiguration message includes configuration information of a target network device; and a direct connection to the target network device is established according to the connection reconfiguration message.
在一种可选的实现方式中,若通过所述第二终端设备向网络设备发送所述第一请求信息,所述方法还包括:通过所述第二终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的连接释放消息,所述连接释放消息中携带第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态,所述第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, if the first request information is sent to a network device through the second terminal device, the method further includes: receiving a connection from the network device through the second terminal device A release message, where the connection release message carries first indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is an idle state or a deactivated state one of the.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息中包含上下文信息,所述第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为去激活态;或,所述第一指示信息中未包含上下文信息,所述第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态。In an optional implementation manner, the first indication information includes context information, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is a deactivated state; or, the first indication information does not include context information , the target state indicated by the first indication information is an idle state.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端设备的状态指示方法,应用于第一终端设备,所述第一终端设备处于连接态且所述第一终端设备通过第二终端设备与网络设备通信,所述方法包括:获取由所述网络设备配置的所述第一终端设备的目标状态;其中,所述第一 终端设备的目标状态是所述网络设备在确定所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态时配置的;进入由所述网络设备配置的所述第一终端设备的目标状态。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a state indication method for a terminal device, which is applied to a first terminal device, where the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with a network device through the second terminal device , the method includes: acquiring a target state of the first terminal device configured by the network device; wherein, the target state of the first terminal device is when the network device determines that the second terminal device needs to enter Configured in the non-connected state; entering the target state of the first terminal device configured by the network device.
本申请实施例中,第一终端设备获取并进入网络设备在确定第二终端设备要进入非连接态所配置的第一终端设备的目标状态,避免第一终端设备无法继续通过第二终端与网络设备通信时,对第一终端设备的业务造成的影响。In the embodiment of the present application, the first terminal device obtains and enters the target state of the first terminal device configured by the network device when determining that the second terminal device is to enter the disconnected state, so as to prevent the first terminal device from being unable to continue to communicate with the network through the second terminal. The impact on the service of the first terminal device when the device communicates.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述获取由网络设备配置的所述第一终端设备的目标状态,包括:通过所述第二终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态,所述第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种;其中,所述第一指示信息是所述网络设备在接收到所述第二终端设备发送的第二请求信息时发送的,所述第二请求信息用于请求第二终端设备的目标状态,所述第二请求信息所请求的目标状态为非连接态、空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, the acquiring the target state of the first terminal device configured by the network device includes: receiving, by the second terminal device, first indication information from the network device, The first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state; wherein the first indication information is Sent by the network device when receiving the second request information sent by the second terminal device, the second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information The state is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述获取由网络设备配置的所述第一终端设备的目标状态,包括:接收所述第二终端设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息中携带用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态的信息;其中,所述第一消息是所述第二终端设备接收到所述网络设备发送的连接释放消息时所发送的,所述连接释放消息中携带第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态;所述连接释放消息是所述网络设备在接收到所述第二终端设备发送的第二请求信息时发送的,所述第二请求信息用于请求第二终端设备的目标状态,所述第二请求信息所请求的目标状态为非连接态、空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, the acquiring the target state of the first terminal device configured by the network device includes: receiving a first message sent by the second terminal device, where the first message carries Information used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device; wherein, the first message is sent when the second terminal device receives a connection release message sent by the network device, and the connection release message carries first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device; the connection release message is when the network device receives the second request information sent by the second terminal device sent, the second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端设备的状态指示方法,应用于第二终端设备,所述第二终端设备用于建立处于连接态的第一终端设备与网络设备之间的通信,所述方法包括:向第一终端设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态;将来自所述第一终端设备的第一请求信息发送至所述网络设备,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第一终端设备的目标状态;或者,接收所述第一终端设备发送的第二消息,所述第二消息用于指示所述第一终端设备确认所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态,向所述网络设备发送第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第一终端设备的目标状态。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a state indication method for a terminal device, which is applied to a second terminal device, where the second terminal device is used to establish communication between the first terminal device in a connected state and a network device, The method includes: sending a first message to a first terminal device, where the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state; sending first request information from the first terminal device to For the network device, the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device; or, receive a second message sent by the first terminal device, where the second message is used to indicate the first terminal device. A terminal device confirms that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state, and sends first request information to the network device, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device.
本申请实施例中,第二终端设备先将其需要进入非连接态的情况通知给第一终端设备,触发第一终端设备主动发起请求目标状态,网络设备基于第一终端设备的请求将目标状态指示给第一终端设备,能够避免第二终端设备进入非连接态对第一终端设备的业务造成影响。In the embodiment of the present application, the second terminal device first notifies the first terminal device that it needs to enter the disconnected state, triggering the first terminal device to actively initiate a request for the target state, and the network device sends the target state based on the request of the first terminal device Instructing the first terminal device can prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state from affecting the services of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:将来自所述网络设备的第一指示信息发送至所述第一终端设备,所述第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态;其中,所述第一指示信息是所述网络设备在接收到所述第一请求信息后发送的。In an optional implementation manner, the method further includes: sending first indication information from the network device to the first terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the Target state; wherein, the first indication information is sent by the network device after receiving the first request information.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:确定所述第一终端设备接收到所述第一指示信息后,向所述网络设备发送第二请求信息;或者,接收所述第一终端设备发送的第二消息后,向所述网络设备发送第三消息,所述第三消息携带所述第一请求信息和第二请求信息,所述第二请求信息用于请求所述第二终端设备的目标状态,所述第二请求信息所请求的目标状态为非连接态、空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, the method further includes: after determining that the first terminal device has received the first indication information, sending second request information to the network device; or, receiving the first request information. After a second message sent by a terminal device, a third message is sent to the network device, where the third message carries the first request information and second request information, and the second request information is used to request the first request information. Two target states of the terminal device, the target state requested by the second request information is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收所述网络设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示第二终端设备的目标状态,所述第二指示信息所指示的目标状 态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种;其中,所述第二指示信息是所述网络设备在接收到所述第二请求信息后发送的。In an optional implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving second indication information sent by the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the target state of the second terminal device, and the second indication The target state indicated by the information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state; wherein, the second indication information is sent by the network device after receiving the second request information.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述第一请求信息中包含用于指示所述第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态的信息;和/或,所述第二消息中包含用于指示所述第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态的信息。In an optional implementation manner, the first request information includes information used to indicate a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter; and/or, the second message includes information used to indicate the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter; information about the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述将来自所述网络设备的第一指示信息发送至所述第一终端设备,包括:将来自所述网络设备的连接释放消息发送至所述第一终端设备;其中,所述连接释放消息中携带所述第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, the sending the first indication information from the network device to the first terminal device includes: sending a connection release message from the network device to the first terminal device Terminal equipment; wherein, the connection release message carries the first indication information, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息中包含上下文信息,所述第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为去激活态;或,所述第一指示信息中未包含上下文信息,所述第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态。In an optional implementation manner, the first indication information includes context information, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is a deactivated state; or, the first indication information does not include context information , the target state indicated by the first indication information is an idle state.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:将来自所述第一终端设备的路径转换请求发送至所述网络设备;其中,所述路径转换请求是所述第一终端设备在确定需要保持连接态时所发送的;将来自所述网络设备的连接重配置消息发送至所述第一终端设备,所述连接重配置消息用于指示所述第一终端设备建立到所述目标网络设备的直接连接,所述连接重配置消息包含所述目标网络设备的配置信息。In an optional implementation manner, the method further includes: sending a path switching request from the first terminal device to the network device; wherein the path switching request is the first terminal device in the Sent when it is determined that the connection state needs to be maintained; a connection reconfiguration message from the network device is sent to the first terminal device, where the connection reconfiguration message is used to instruct the first terminal device to establish a connection to the target The direct connection of the network device, the connection reconfiguration message contains the configuration information of the target network device.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端设备的状态指示方法,应用于网络设备,所述网络设备通过第二终端设备与处于连接态的第一终端设备通信,所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态,所述方法包括:接收第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第一终端设备的目标状态;通过所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a state indication method for a terminal device, which is applied to a network device. The network device communicates with a first terminal device in a connected state through a second terminal device, and the second terminal device needs to Entering a disconnected state, the method includes: receiving first request information, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device; indicating to the first terminal device through the second terminal device The target state of the first terminal device.
本申请实施例中,在第二终端需要进入非连接态的情况下,给网络设备发送第一请求信息,以触发网络设备对第一终端设备的目标状态进行指示,避免第二终端设备进入非连接态对第一终端设备的业务造成影响。In the embodiment of the present application, when the second terminal needs to enter the disconnected state, the first request information is sent to the network device, so as to trigger the network device to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, so as to prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state. The connection state affects the service of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述第一请求信息中包含用于指示所述第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态的信息,所述方法还包括:根据所述第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态,确定向所述第一终端设备所指示的所述第一终端设备的目标状态。In an optional implementation manner, the first request information includes information used to indicate a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter, and the method further includes: according to the first terminal device wishing to enter The target state of the first terminal device is determined, and the target state of the first terminal device indicated to the first terminal device is determined.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态,包括:通过所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送连接释放消息,所述连接释放消息携带所述第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态,所述第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种;或者,通过所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送连接重配置消息,所述连接重配置消息用于指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态为连接态。In an optional implementation manner, the indicating the target state of the first terminal device includes: sending a connection release message to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, where the connection release message carries the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state; or , sending a connection reconfiguration message to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, where the connection reconfiguration message is used to indicate that the target state of the first terminal device is a connected state.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述接收第一请求信息,包括:通过所述第二终端设备接收所述第一终端设备发送的所述第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息是所述第一终端设备在接收到来自所述第二终端设备的第一消息时发送的,所述第一消息用于指示所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态;或者,接收所述第二终端设备在收到来自所述第一终端设备的第二消息时,发送的第一请求信息;其中,所述第二消息是所述第一终端设备在接收到来自所述第二终端设备的第一消息时发送的;所述第一消息用于指示所述第二终端设备需要 进入非连接态,所述第二消息用于指示所述第一终端设备确认所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态。In an optional implementation manner, the receiving the first request information includes: receiving, through the second terminal device, the first request information sent by the first terminal device, where the first request information is Sent by the first terminal device when receiving a first message from the second terminal device, where the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state; or, receiving the first message. The first request information sent by the second terminal device when receiving the second message from the first terminal device; wherein, the second message is when the first terminal device receives the second message from the second terminal device It is sent when the first message is sent; the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state, and the second message is used to instruct the first terminal device to confirm that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state. into a disconnected state.
在一种可选的实现方式中,在所述网络设备指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态后,所述方法还包括:接收所述第二终端设备发送的第二请求信息,所述第二请求信息用于请求所述第二终端设备的目标状态,所述第二请求信息所请求的目标状态为非连接态、空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, after the network device indicates the target state of the first terminal device, the method further includes: receiving second request information sent by the second terminal device, the first The second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state.
在一种可选的实现方式中,接收所述第二终端设备在收到来自所述第一终端设备的第二消息时,发送的第一请求信息,包括:接收所述第二终端设备在收到来自所述第一终端设备的第二消息时发送的第三消息,所述第三消息中携带所述第一请求信息和第二请求信息,所述第二请求信息用于请求所述第二终端设备的目标状态,所述第二请求信息所请求的目标状态为非连接态、空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, receiving the first request information sent by the second terminal device when receiving the second message from the first terminal device includes: receiving the second terminal device in A third message sent when a second message from the first terminal device is received, the third message carries the first request information and second request information, and the second request information is used to request the The target state of the second terminal device, the target state requested by the second request information is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:在接收到所述第二请求信息时,向所述第二终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第二终端设备的目标状态,所述第二指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, the method further includes: when receiving the second request information, sending second indication information to the second terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the The target state of the second terminal device, and the target state indicated by the second indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述第一请求信息中包含原因值,所述原因值用于指示所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态;所述方法还包括:在接收到所述第一请求信息时,不释放所述第二终端设备中的第一资源;其中,所述第一资源用于所述第二终端设备将来自所述第一终端设备的信息发送给所述网络设备,或者所述第一资源用于所述第二终端设备将来自所述网络终端设备的信息发送给所述第一终端设备。In an optional implementation manner, the first request information includes a cause value, and the cause value is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state; the method further includes: after receiving the When the first request information is received, the first resource in the second terminal device is not released; wherein, the first resource is used by the second terminal device to send the information from the first terminal device to the A network device, or the first resource is used by the second terminal device to send information from the network terminal device to the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:通过所述第二终端设备接收所述第一终端设备发送的路径转换请求;其中,所述路径转换请求是所述第一终端设备在确定需要保持连接态时发送的;通过所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送连接重配置消息,所述连接重配置消息用于指示所述第一终端设备建立到所述目标网络设备的直接连接,所述连接重配置消息包含所述目标网络设备的配置信息。In an optional implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving, through the second terminal device, a path switching request sent by the first terminal device; wherein the path switching request is the first terminal device Sent when it is determined that the connection state needs to be maintained; a connection reconfiguration message is sent to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, where the connection reconfiguration message is used to instruct the first terminal device to establish a connection to the target The direct connection of the network device, the connection reconfiguration message contains the configuration information of the target network device.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端设备的状态指示方法,应用于网络设备,所述网络设备通过第二终端设备与处于连接态的第一终端设备通信,所述方法包括:接收第二终端设备发送的第二请求信息,所述第二请求信息用于请求所述第二终端设备的目标状态,所述第二请求信息请求的目标状态为非连接态、去激活态、空闲态中的一种;通过所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送测量配置;通过所述第二终端设备接收来自所述第一终端设备的所述测量配置的测量报告或者第一请求信息;其中,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第一终端设备的目标状态。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for indicating a state of a terminal device, which is applied to a network device. The network device communicates with a first terminal device in a connected state through a second terminal device, and the method includes: receiving a first terminal device. Second request information sent by two terminal devices, the second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information is a disconnected state, a deactivated state, and an idle state One of: sending a measurement configuration to the first terminal device through the second terminal device; receiving a measurement report or a first request of the measurement configuration from the first terminal device through the second terminal device information; wherein, the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实现方式中,若通过所述第二终端设备接收来自所述第一终端设备的所述测量配置的测量报告,所述方法还包括:根据所述测量报告向所述第一终端设备发送连接重配置消息,所述连接重配置消息包括目标网络设备的配置信息,以指示所述第一终端设备建立到所述目标网络设备的直接连接。In an optional implementation manner, if a measurement report of the measurement configuration from the first terminal device is received through the second terminal device, the method further includes: reporting to the first terminal device according to the measurement report. A terminal device sends a connection reconfiguration message, where the connection reconfiguration message includes configuration information of a target network device to instruct the first terminal device to establish a direct connection to the target network device.
在一种可选的实现方式中,若通过所述第二终端设备接收来自所述第一终端设备的第一请求信息,所述方法还包括:通过所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态,所述第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, if the first request information from the first terminal device is received through the second terminal device, the method further includes: sending the first request information to the first terminal device through the second terminal device The terminal device sends first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a target state of the first terminal device, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息所指示的目标状态是根据所述第一请求 信息和/或所述第二请求信息确定的。In an optional implementation manner, the target state indicated by the first indication information is determined according to the first request information and/or the second request information.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述第一请求信息中用于指示所述第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态的信息。In an optional implementation manner, the first request information is used for information indicating a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端设备的状态指示方法,应用于网络设备,所述网络设备通过第二终端设备与处于连接态的第一终端设备通信,所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态,所述方法包括:接收第二终端设备发送的第二请求信息,所述第二请求信息用于请求所述第二终端设备的目标状态,所述第二请求信息所请求的目标状态为非连接态、空闲态、去激活态中的一种;配置所述第一终端设备的目标状态;其中,所述第一终端设备处于连接态且所述第一终端设备通过所述第二终端设备与所述网络设备通信。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a state indication method for a terminal device, which is applied to a network device. The network device communicates with a first terminal device in a connected state through a second terminal device, and the second terminal device needs to Entering a disconnected state, the method includes: receiving second request information sent by a second terminal device, where the second request information is used to request a target state of the second terminal device, and the second request information requests The target state is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state; configure the target state of the first terminal device; wherein, the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device passes the The second terminal device communicates with the network device.
本申请实施例中,网络设备在确定第二终端设备要进入非连接态时,对第一终端设备的目标状态进行配置,避免第一终端设备无法继续通过第二终端与网络设备通信时,对第一终端设备的业务造成的影响。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device configures the target state of the first terminal device when it is determined that the second terminal device is to enter the disconnected state, so as to prevent the first terminal device from being unable to continue to communicate with the network device through the second terminal. The impact caused by the service of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实现方式中,配置的所述第一终端设备的目标状态与所述第二请求信息所请求的目标状态相同。In an optional implementation manner, the configured target state of the first terminal device is the same as the target state requested by the second request information.
在一种可选的实现方式中,在配置所述第一终端设备的目标状态之后,所述方法还包括:通过所述第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态;或者,向所述第二终端设备发送连接释放消息,所述连接释放消息中携带用于指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态的第一指示信息,以使得所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息中携带用于指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态的信息。In an optional implementation manner, after configuring the target state of the first terminal device, the method further includes: sending first indication information to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, and the first terminal device An indication message is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device; or, a connection release message is sent to the second terminal device, where the connection release message carries a message used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device the first indication information, so that the second terminal device sends a first message to the first terminal device, where the first message carries information used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端设备的状态指示装置,应用于第一终端设备,所述第一终端设备处于连接态且所述第一终端设备通过所述第二终端设备与网络设备通信,所述装置包括:通信模块,用于接收来自第二终端设备的第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态;所述通信模块,还用于通过所述第二终端设备向所述网络设备发送第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第一终端设备的目标状态;或者,向所述第二终端设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息用于指示所述第一终端设备确认所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态,以使得所述第二终端设备向所述网络设备发送第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第一终端设备的目标状态。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a state indication device for a terminal device, which is applied to a first terminal device, where the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with a network through the second terminal device device communication, the apparatus includes: a communication module configured to receive a first message from a second terminal device, where the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state; the communication module, further It is used to send the first request information to the network device through the second terminal device, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device; or, send the first request information to the second terminal device. Two messages, the second message is used to instruct the first terminal device to confirm that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state, so that the second terminal device sends the first request information to the network device, so The first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device.
本申请实施例中,第二终端设备先将其需要进入非连接态的情况通知给第一终端设备,触发第一终端设备主动发起请求目标状态,网络设备基于第一终端设备的请求将目标状态指示给第一终端设备,能够避免第二终端设备进入非连接态对第一终端设备的业务造成影响。In the embodiment of the present application, the second terminal device first notifies the first terminal device that it needs to enter the disconnected state, triggering the first terminal device to actively initiate a request for the target state, and the network device sends the target state based on the request of the first terminal device Instructing the first terminal device can prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state from affecting the services of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信模块,还用于:通过所述第二终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module is further configured to: receive first indication information from the network device through the second terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first indication information The target state of an end device.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信模块,还用于:通过所述第二终端接收来自所述网络设备的连接释放消息,所述连接释放消息中携带所述第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态,所述第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module is further configured to: receive a connection release message from the network device through the second terminal, where the connection release message carries the first indication information, The first indication information is used to indicate a target state of the first terminal device, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息中包含上下文信息,所述第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为去激活态;或,所述第一指示信息中未包含上下文信息,所述第一指 示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态。In an optional implementation manner, the first indication information includes context information, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is a deactivated state; or, the first indication information does not include context information , the target state indicated by the first indication information is an idle state.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述第一请求信息中包含用于指示所述第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态的信息;和/或,所述第二消息中包含用于指示所述第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态的信息。In an optional implementation manner, the first request information includes information used to indicate a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter; and/or, the second message includes information used to indicate the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter; information about the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述第一请求信息中包含原因值,所述原因值用于指示所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态。能够在向网络设备请求第一终端的目标状态时,将第二终端设备需要进入非连接态的情况也通知到网络设备。In an optional implementation manner, the first request information includes a cause value, and the cause value is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state. When requesting the target state of the first terminal from the network device, the network device can also be notified that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述装置还包括:处理模块,用于确定所述第一终端设备需要保持连接态;所述通信模块,还用于通过所述第二终端设备向所述网络设备发送路径转换请求;所述通信模块,还用于通过所述第二终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的连接重配置消息,所述连接重配置消息用于指示所述第一终端设备建立到目标网络设备的直接连接,所述连接重配置消息中包含所述目标网络设备的配置信息。In an optional implementation manner, the apparatus further includes: a processing module, configured to determine that the first terminal device needs to remain in a connected state; the communication module, further configured to communicate with the second terminal device through the second terminal device. The network device sends a path switching request; the communication module is further configured to receive, through the second terminal device, a connection reconfiguration message from the network device, where the connection reconfiguration message is used to instruct the first terminal device A direct connection to the target network device is established, and the connection reconfiguration message includes configuration information of the target network device.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端设备的状态指示装置,应用于第一终端设备,所述第一终端设备处于连接态且所述第一终端设备通过第二终端设备与网络设备通信,所述装置包括:通信模块,用于通过所述第二终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的测量配置;其中,所述测量配置为所述网络设备在确定所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态时发送的;通信模块,还用于通过所述第二终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述测量配置的测量报告或者第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第一终端设备的目标状态。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a state indication device for a terminal device, which is applied to a first terminal device, where the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with a network device through a second terminal device , the apparatus includes: a communication module, configured to receive a measurement configuration from the network device through the second terminal device; wherein the measurement configuration is when the network device determines that the second terminal device needs to enter the The communication module is further configured to send the measurement report of the measurement configuration or the first request information to the network device through the second terminal device, and the first request information is used to request the first request information. The target state of an end device.
本申请实施例中,网络设备在确定第二终端设备需要进入非连接态时,希望第一终端设备保持连接态,则向第一终端设备发送测量配置。第一终端设备可确定自身需要保持连接态,通过第二终端设备向网络设备发送测量配置的测量报告或者第一终端设备确定可以不保持在连接态,通过第二终端设备向网络设备发送第一请求信息。进而网络设备可基于第一终端设备反馈回的测量报告或者第一请求信息指示第一终端设备的目标状态,能够避免第二终端设备进入非连接态对第一终端设备需要传输数据等业务造成影响。In the embodiment of the present application, when the network device determines that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state and wants the first terminal device to remain in the connected state, the network device sends the measurement configuration to the first terminal device. The first terminal device may determine that it needs to remain in the connected state, and sends a measurement report of the measurement configuration to the network device through the second terminal device, or the first terminal device determines that it may not remain in the connected state, and sends the first terminal device to the network device through the second terminal device. Request information. Furthermore, the network device can indicate the target state of the first terminal device based on the measurement report fed back by the first terminal device or the first request information, which can prevent the second terminal device from entering a disconnected state from affecting services such as data transmission required by the first terminal device. .
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述装置还包括处理模块;若所述通信模块,用于通过所述第二终端设备向网络设备发送所述测量配置的测量报告,所述通信模块,还用于通过所述第二终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的连接重配置消息,所述连接重配置消息包括目标网络设备的配置信息;所述处理模块,用于根据所述连接重配置消息,建立到所述目标网络设备的直接连接。In an optional implementation manner, the apparatus further includes a processing module; if the communication module is configured to send the measurement report of the measurement configuration to the network device through the second terminal device, the communication module, is further configured to receive, through the second terminal device, a connection reconfiguration message from the network device, where the connection reconfiguration message includes configuration information of the target network device; the processing module is configured to, according to the connection reconfiguration message , establishing a direct connection to the target network device.
在一种可选的实现方式中,若通过所述第二终端设备向网络设备发送所述第一请求信息,所述方法还包括:通过所述第二终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的连接释放消息,所述连接释放消息中携带第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态,所述第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, if the first request information is sent to a network device through the second terminal device, the method further includes: receiving a connection from the network device through the second terminal device A release message, where the connection release message carries first indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is an idle state or a deactivated state one of the.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息中包含上下文信息,所述第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为去激活态;或,所述第一指示信息中未包含上下文信息,所述第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态。In an optional implementation manner, the first indication information includes context information, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is a deactivated state; or, the first indication information does not include context information , the target state indicated by the first indication information is an idle state.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端设备的状态指示装置,应用于第一终端设备,所述第一终端设备处于连接态且所述第一终端设备通过第二终端设备与网络设备通信,所述装置包括:通信模块,用于获取由所述网络设备配置的所述第一终端设备的目标状态;其中,所述第一终端设备的目标状态是所述网络设备在确定所述第二终端设备需要进入非 连接态时配置的;处理模块,用于使第一终端设备进入由所述网络设备配置的所述第一终端设备的目标状态。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a state indication device for a terminal device, which is applied to a first terminal device, where the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with a network device through a second terminal device , the apparatus includes: a communication module configured to acquire a target state of the first terminal device configured by the network device; wherein, the target state of the first terminal device is when the network device determines that the first terminal device is in the target state. It is configured when the second terminal device needs to enter the non-connected state; the processing module is configured to make the first terminal device enter the target state of the first terminal device configured by the network device.
本申请实施例中,第一终端设备获取并进入网络设备在确定第二终端设备要进入非连接态所配置的第一终端设备的目标状态,避免第一终端设备无法继续通过第二终端与网络设备通信时,对第一终端设备的业务造成的影响。In the embodiment of the present application, the first terminal device obtains and enters the target state of the first terminal device configured by the network device when determining that the second terminal device is to enter the disconnected state, so as to prevent the first terminal device from being unable to continue to communicate with the network through the second terminal. The impact on the service of the first terminal device when the device communicates.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信模块,还用于:通过所述第二终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态,所述第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种;其中,所述第一指示信息是所述网络设备在接收到所述第二终端设备发送的第二请求信息时发送的,所述第二请求信息用于请求第二终端设备的目标状态,所述第二请求信息所请求的目标状态为非连接态、空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module is further configured to: receive first indication information from the network device through the second terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first indication information A target state of a terminal device, the target state indicated by the first indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state; wherein the first indication information is that the network device receives the second indication Sent when the terminal device sends the second request information, the second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information is disconnected state, idle state, deactivated one of the states.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信模块,还用于:接收所述第二终端设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息中携带用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态的信息;其中,所述第一消息是所述第二终端设备接收到所述网络设备发送的连接释放消息时所发送的,所述连接释放消息中携带第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态;所述连接释放消息是所述网络设备在接收到所述第二终端设备发送的第二请求信息时发送的,所述第二请求信息用于请求第二终端设备的目标状态,所述第二请求信息所请求的目标状态为非连接态、空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module is further configured to: receive a first message sent by the second terminal device, where the first message carries a message used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device information; wherein, the first message is sent when the second terminal device receives a connection release message sent by the network device, the connection release message carries first indication information, and the first indication information It is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device; the connection release message is sent by the network device when it receives the second request information sent by the second terminal device, and the second request information is used for The target state of the second terminal device is requested, and the target state requested by the second request information is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端设备的状态指示装置,应用于第二终端设备,所述第二终端设备用于建立处于连接态的第一终端设备与网络设备之间的通信,所述装置包括:通信模块,用于向第一终端设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态;所述通信模块,还用于将来自所述第一终端设备的第一请求信息发送至所述网络设备,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第一终端设备的目标状态;或者,接收所述第一终端设备发送的第二消息,所述第二消息用于指示所述第一终端设备确认所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态,向所述网络设备发送第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第一终端设备的目标状态。In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a state indication device for a terminal device, which is applied to a second terminal device, where the second terminal device is used to establish communication between the first terminal device in a connected state and a network device , the apparatus includes: a communication module, configured to send a first message to the first terminal device, where the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state; the communication module is further configured to send a Send first request information from the first terminal device to the network device, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device; or, receive the first request sent by the first terminal device. Two messages, the second message is used to instruct the first terminal device to confirm that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state, and send first request information to the network device, where the first request information is used to request The target state of the first terminal device.
本申请实施例中,第二终端设备先将其需要进入非连接态的情况通知给第一终端设备,触发第一终端设备主动发起请求目标状态,网络设备基于第一终端设备的请求将目标状态指示给第一终端设备,能够避免第二终端设备进入非连接态对第一终端设备的业务造成影响。In the embodiment of the present application, the second terminal device first notifies the first terminal device that it needs to enter the disconnected state, triggering the first terminal device to actively initiate a request for the target state, and the network device sends the target state based on the request of the first terminal device Instructing the first terminal device can prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state from affecting the services of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信模块,还用于将来自所述网络设备的第一指示信息发送至所述第一终端设备,所述第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态;其中,所述第一指示信息是所述网络设备在接收到所述第一请求信息后发送的。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module is further configured to send first indication information from the network device to the first terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first terminal The target state of the device; wherein, the first indication information is sent by the network device after receiving the first request information.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述装置还包括处理模块;所述通信模块,还用于在所述处理模块确定所述第一终端设备接收到所述第一指示信息时,向所述网络设备发送第二请求信息;或者,所述通信模块,还用于接收所述第一终端设备发送的第二消息后,向所述网络设备发送第三消息,所述第三消息携带所述第一请求信息和第二请求信息,所述第二请求信息用于请求所述第二终端设备的目标状态,所述第二请求信息所请求的目标状态为非连接态、空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, the apparatus further includes a processing module; the communication module is further configured to, when the processing module determines that the first terminal device has received the first indication information, send a The network device sends the second request information; or, the communication module is further configured to send a third message to the network device after receiving the second message sent by the first terminal device, where the third message carries the The first request information and the second request information, the second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information is disconnected state, idle state, go one of the active states.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信模块,还用于接收所述网络设备发送的第二指示 信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示第二终端设备的目标状态,所述第二指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种;其中,所述第二指示信息是所述网络设备在接收到所述第二请求信息后发送的。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module is further configured to receive second indication information sent by the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the target state of the second terminal device, and the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the second terminal device. The target state indicated by the second indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state; wherein, the second indication information is sent by the network device after receiving the second request information.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述第一请求信息中包含用于指示所述第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态的信息;和/或,所述第二消息中包含用于指示所述第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态的信息。In an optional implementation manner, the first request information includes information used to indicate a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter; and/or, the second message includes information used to indicate the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter; information about the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信模块,还用于将来自所述网络设备的连接释放消息发送至所述第一终端设备;其中,所述连接释放消息中携带所述第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module is further configured to send a connection release message from the network device to the first terminal device; wherein the connection release message carries the first terminal device indication information, the target state indicated by the first indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息中包含上下文信息,所述第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为去激活态;或,所述第一指示信息中未包含上下文信息,所述第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态。In an optional implementation manner, the first indication information includes context information, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is a deactivated state; or, the first indication information does not include context information , the target state indicated by the first indication information is an idle state.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信模块,还用于将来自所述第一终端设备的路径转换请求发送至所述网络设备;其中,所述路径转换请求是所述第一终端设备在确定需要保持连接态时所发送的;将来自所述网络设备的连接重配置消息发送至所述第一终端设备,所述连接重配置消息用于指示所述第一终端设备建立到所述目标网络设备的直接连接,所述连接重配置消息包含所述目标网络设备的配置信息。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module is further configured to send a path switching request from the first terminal device to the network device; wherein the path switching request is the first terminal Sent by the device when it determines that it needs to keep the connection state; it sends a connection reconfiguration message from the network device to the first terminal device, where the connection reconfiguration message is used to instruct the first terminal device to establish a connection to the first terminal device. the direct connection of the target network device, and the connection reconfiguration message includes the configuration information of the target network device.
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端设备的状态指示装置,应用于网络设备,所述网络设备通过第二终端设备与处于连接态的第一终端设备通信,所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态,所述装置包括:通信模块,用于接收第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第一终端设备的目标状态;通信模块,还用于通过所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态。In a twelfth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a state indication device for a terminal device, which is applied to a network device, where the network device communicates with a first terminal device in a connected state through a second terminal device, and the second terminal device communicates with a first terminal device in a connected state. It is necessary to enter a disconnected state, and the apparatus includes: a communication module, configured to receive first request information, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device; a communication module, further configured to pass the The second terminal device indicates the target state of the first terminal device to the first terminal device.
本申请实施例中,在第二终端需要进入非连接态的情况下,给网络设备发送第一请求信息,以触发网络设备对第一终端设备的目标状态进行指示,避免第二终端设备进入非连接态对第一终端设备的业务造成影响。In the embodiment of the present application, when the second terminal needs to enter the disconnected state, the first request information is sent to the network device, so as to trigger the network device to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, so as to prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state. The connection state affects the service of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述第一请求信息中包含用于指示所述第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态的信息,所述方法还包括:根据所述第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态,确定向所述第一终端设备所指示的所述第一终端设备的目标状态。In an optional implementation manner, the first request information includes information used to indicate a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter, and the method further includes: according to the first terminal device wishing to enter The target state of the first terminal device is determined, and the target state of the first terminal device indicated to the first terminal device is determined.
在一种可选的实现方式中,通信模块,还用于通过所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送连接释放消息,所述连接释放消息携带所述第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态,所述第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种;或者,通过所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送连接重配置消息,所述连接重配置消息用于指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态为连接态。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module is further configured to send a connection release message to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, where the connection release message carries the first indication information, and the The first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state; The first terminal device sends a connection reconfiguration message, where the connection reconfiguration message is used to indicate that the target state of the first terminal device is a connected state.
在一种可选的实现方式中,通信模块,还用于:通过所述第二终端设备接收所述第一终端设备发送的所述第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息是所述第一终端设备在接收到来自所述第二终端设备的第一消息时发送的,所述第一消息用于指示所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态;或者,接收所述第二终端设备在收到来自所述第一终端设备的第二消息时,发送的第一请求信息;其中,所述第二消息是所述第一终端设备在接收到来自所述第二终端设备的第一消息时发送的;所述第一消息用于指示所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态,所述第二消息用于指示所述第一终端设备确认所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module is further configured to: receive, through the second terminal device, the first request information sent by the first terminal device, where the first request information is the first request information. Sent by a terminal device when receiving a first message from the second terminal device, where the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state; or, receiving the second terminal device First request information sent when a second message from the first terminal device is received; wherein the second message is the first request message received by the first terminal device from the second terminal device message; the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state, and the second message is used to instruct the first terminal device to confirm that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state state.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信模块,在指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态后,还用于:接收所述第二终端设备发送的第二请求信息,所述第二请求信息用于请求所述第二终端设备的目标状态,所述第二请求信息所请求的目标状态为非连接态、空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, after indicating the target state of the first terminal device, the communication module is further configured to: receive second request information sent by the second terminal device, the second The request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信模块,还用于:接收所述第二终端设备在收到来自所述第一终端设备的第二消息时发送的第三消息,所述第三消息中携带所述第一请求信息和第二请求信息,所述第二请求信息用于请求所述第二终端设备的目标状态,所述第二请求信息所请求的目标状态为非连接态、空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module is further configured to: receive a third message sent by the second terminal device when receiving the second message from the first terminal device, the first terminal device The three messages carry the first request information and the second request information, the second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information is the disconnected state , one of the idle state and the deactivated state.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信模块,还用于:在接收到所述第二请求信息时,向所述第二终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第二终端设备的目标状态,所述第二指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module is further configured to: when receiving the second request information, send second indication information to the second terminal device, the second indication information using In order to indicate the target state of the second terminal device, the target state indicated by the second indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述第一请求信息中包含原因值,所述原因值用于指示所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态;所述装置还包括处理模块;所述处理模块,用于在所述通信模块接收到所述第一请求信息时,不释放所述第二终端设备中的第一资源;其中,所述第一资源用于所述第二终端设备将来自所述第一终端设备的信息发送给所述网络设备,或者所述第一资源用于所述第二终端设备将来自所述网络终端设备的信息发送给所述第一终端设备。In an optional implementation manner, the first request information includes a cause value, and the cause value is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state; the apparatus further includes a processing module; the a processing module, configured to not release the first resource in the second terminal device when the communication module receives the first request information; wherein the first resource is used by the second terminal device to The information from the first terminal device is sent to the network device, or the first resource is used for the second terminal device to send the information from the network terminal device to the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信模块,还用于:通过所述第二终端设备接收所述第一终端设备发送的路径转换请求;其中,所述路径转换请求是所述第一终端设备在确定需要保持连接态时发送的;通过所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送连接重配置消息,所述连接重配置消息用于指示所述第一终端设备建立到所述目标网络设备的直接连接,所述连接重配置消息包含所述目标网络设备的配置信息。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module is further configured to: receive, through the second terminal device, a path switching request sent by the first terminal device; wherein the path switching request is the first Sent by a terminal device when it is determined that the connection state needs to be maintained; a connection reconfiguration message is sent to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, and the connection reconfiguration message is used to instruct the first terminal device to establish a connection to the first terminal device. For the direct connection of the target network device, the connection reconfiguration message contains configuration information of the target network device.
第十三方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端设备的状态指示装置,应用于网络设备,所述网络设备通过第二终端设备与处于连接态的第一终端设备通信,所述装置包括:通信模块,用于接收第二终端设备发送的第二请求信息,所述第二请求信息用于请求所述第二终端设备的目标状态,所述第二请求信息请求的目标状态为非连接态、去激活态、空闲态中的一种;所述通信模块,还用于通过所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送测量配置;所述通信模块,还用于通过所述第二终端设备接收来自所述第一终端设备的所述测量配置的测量报告或者第一请求信息;其中,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第一终端设备的目标状态。In a thirteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a state indication device for a terminal device, which is applied to a network device, where the network device communicates with a first terminal device in a connected state through a second terminal device, and the device includes: communicating a module, configured to receive second request information sent by a second terminal device, where the second request information is used to request a target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information is a disconnected state, one of a deactivated state and an idle state; the communication module is further configured to send a measurement configuration to the first terminal device through the second terminal device; the communication module is further configured to send a measurement configuration through the second terminal device The terminal device receives a measurement report or first request information of the measurement configuration from the first terminal device; wherein, the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述装置还包括处理模块;所述处理模块,用于在所述通信模块通过所述第二终端设备接收来自所述第一终端设备的所述测量配置的测量报告时,根据所述测量报告控制所述通信模块向所述第一终端设备发送连接重配置消息,所述连接重配置消息包括目标网络设备的配置信息,以指示所述第一终端设备建立到所述目标网络设备的直接连接。In an optional implementation manner, the apparatus further includes a processing module; the processing module is configured to receive the measurement configuration from the first terminal device through the second terminal device in the communication module When the measurement report is received, control the communication module to send a connection reconfiguration message to the first terminal device according to the measurement report, where the connection reconfiguration message includes the configuration information of the target network device to indicate to the first terminal device A direct connection to the target network device is established.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信模块,还用于在通过所述第二终端设备接收来自所述第一终端设备的第一请求信息时,通过所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态,所述第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module is further configured to, when receiving, through the second terminal device, the first request information from the first terminal device, send the request to the second terminal device through the second terminal device. The first terminal device sends first indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is an idle state or a deactivated state. A sort of.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息所指示的目标状态是根据所述第一请求 信息和/或所述第二请求信息确定的。In an optional implementation manner, the target state indicated by the first indication information is determined according to the first request information and/or the second request information.
在一种可选的实现方式中,所述第一请求信息中用于指示所述第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态的信息。In an optional implementation manner, the first request information is used for information indicating a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter.
第十四方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端设备的状态指示装置,应用于网络设备,所述网络设备通过第二终端设备与处于连接态的第一终端设备通信,所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态,所述装置包括:通信模块,用于接收第二终端设备发送的第二请求信息,所述第二请求信息用于请求所述第二终端设备的目标状态,所述第二请求信息所请求的目标状态为非连接态、空闲态、去激活态中的一种;处理模块,用于配置所述第一终端设备的目标状态;其中,所述第一终端设备处于连接态且所述第一终端设备通过所述第二终端设备与所述网络设备通信。In a fourteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus for indicating a state of a terminal device, which is applied to a network device. The network device communicates with a first terminal device in a connected state through a second terminal device, and the second terminal device communicates with a first terminal device in a connected state. Need to enter a disconnected state, the apparatus includes: a communication module, configured to receive second request information sent by a second terminal device, where the second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, the first 2. The target state requested by the request information is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state; the processing module is configured to configure the target state of the first terminal device; wherein, the first terminal device is in a connected state state and the first terminal device communicates with the network device through the second terminal device.
本申请实施例中,网络设备在确定第二终端设备要进入非连接态时,对第一终端设备的目标状态进行配置,避免第一终端设备无法继续通过第二终端与网络设备通信时,对第一终端设备的业务造成的影响。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device configures the target state of the first terminal device when it is determined that the second terminal device is to enter the disconnected state, so as to prevent the first terminal device from being unable to continue to communicate with the network device through the second terminal. The impact caused by the service of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实现方式中,配置的所述第一终端设备的目标状态与所述第二请求信息所请求的目标状态相同。In an optional implementation manner, the configured target state of the first terminal device is the same as the target state requested by the second request information.
在一种可选的实现方式中,在所述处理模块配置所述第一终端设备的目标状态之后,所述通信模块,还用于:通过所述第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态;或者,向所述第二终端设备发送连接释放消息,所述连接释放消息中携带用于指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态的第一指示信息,以使得所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息中携带用于指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态的信息。In an optional implementation manner, after the processing module configures the target state of the first terminal device, the communication module is further configured to: send the first terminal device to the first terminal device through the second terminal device an indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device; or, a connection release message is sent to the second terminal device, where the connection release message carries a message used to indicate the first terminal device. First indication information of the target state of a terminal device, so that the second terminal device sends a first message to the first terminal device, where the first message carries a target used to indicate the first terminal device status information.
第十五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括:处理器和存储器;In a fifteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including: a processor and a memory;
所述存储器,用于存储计算机程序;the memory for storing computer programs;
所述处理器,用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得第一方面至第七方面中任一方面的任一项可选的实施方式中的方法被执行。The processor is configured to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the method in any one of the optional implementation manners of any one of the first aspect to the seventh aspect is performed.
第十六方面,一种通信装置,包括:处理器和接口电路;A sixteenth aspect, a communication device, comprising: a processor and an interface circuit;
所述接口电路,用于接收代码指令并传输至所述处理器;the interface circuit for receiving code instructions and transmitting them to the processor;
所述处理器用于运行所述代码指令以使得上述第一方面至第七方面中任一方面的任一项可选的实施方式中的方法被执行。The processor is configured to execute the code instructions to cause the method in any one of the optional embodiments of any one of the first to seventh aspects above to be performed.
第十七方面,一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有指令,当所述指令被执行时,以使得上述第一方面至第七方面中任一方面的任一项可选的实施方式中的方法被执行。A seventeenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium storing instructions that, when executed, cause any one of the above-mentioned first to seventh aspects to occur. The method of an alternative embodiment is performed.
第十八方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当计算机程序代码被运行时,使得上述第一方面至第七方面中任一方面的任一项可选的实施方式中的方法被执行。In an eighteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes: computer program code, when the computer program code is executed, makes any one of the first to seventh aspects above. The method of an optional embodiment is performed.
上述第十五方面至第十八方面可以达到的技术效果请参照上述第一方面至第七方面中相应技术方案可以带来的技术效果说明,此处不再重复赘述。For the technical effects that can be achieved by the fifteenth aspect to the eighteenth aspect, please refer to the description of the technical effects that can be brought by the corresponding technical solutions in the first aspect to the seventh aspect, which will not be repeated here.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统结构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的状态指示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a state indication method of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的状态指示方法的流程示意图;3 is a schematic flowchart of a state indication method of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的状态指示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a state indication method of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5a为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的状态指示方法的流程示意图;5a is a schematic flowchart of a state indication method of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5b为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的状态指示方法的流程示意图;5b is a schematic flowchart of a state indication method of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的状态指示方法的流程示意图;6 is a schematic flowchart of a state indication method of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7a为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的状态指示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 7a is a schematic flowchart of a state indication method of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7b为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的状态指示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 7b is a schematic flowchart of a state indication method of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的状态指示装置的结构框图;FIG. 8 is a structural block diagram of a state indicating device of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图之一;FIG. 9 is one of the schematic structural diagrams of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图之二。FIG. 10 is a second schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合附图对本申请作进一步地详细描述。The present application will be described in further detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
以下对本申请中提供的部分用语进行解释说明,方便本领域技术人员理解:Some terms provided in this application are explained below for the convenience of those skilled in the art to understand:
(1)终端设备(1) Terminal equipment
终端设备,又称之为终端、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等,是一种向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,一些终端的举例为:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。Terminal equipment, also known as terminal, user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc., is a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to users. devices, such as handheld devices with wireless connectivity, in-vehicle devices, etc. At present, some examples of terminals are: mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer, notebook computer, PDA, mobile internet device (MID), wearable device, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc.
(2)网络设备(2) Network equipment
网络设备可以为基站设备,还可以称为接入网设备或者接入节点(access node,AN),为终端设备提供无线接入服务。接入节点具体可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evolutional Node B,简称:eNB或eNodeB),或者是5G网络中的基站设备(gNB)、小基站设备、无线访问节点(WiFi AP)等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The network device may be a base station device, and may also be referred to as an access network device or an access node (AN), which provides wireless access services for terminal devices. Specifically, the access node may be an evolved base station (evolutional Node B, referred to as eNB or eNodeB) in the LTE system, or a base station device (gNB), a small base station device, a wireless access node (WiFi AP), etc. in a 5G network. This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
(3)远程终端设备、中继终端设备(3) Remote terminal equipment, relay terminal equipment
中继终端设备(relay user equipment,Relay UE)为远程终端设备(remote user equipment,Remote UE)提供到运营商网络的通信,远程终端设备可通过中继终端设备间接的接入运营商网络。其中,中继终端设备,也可称为中继用户设备或者中继UE;远程终端设备,也可称为远程用户设备、远程UE;运营商网络可基于5G技术,部署5G基站(generation NodeB,gNB)、5G核心网(5G core,5GC)以及数据网络(data network,DN),5G核心网包含接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)。远程UE与中继UE之间基于PC5接口进行通信,中继UE与gNB之间基于Uu接口进行通信,当中继UE及远程UE处于连接态时,中继UE在远程UE和gNB之间中转(或称中继)信息。The relay terminal equipment (relay user equipment, Relay UE) provides the remote terminal equipment (remote user equipment, Remote UE) with communication to the operator network, and the remote terminal equipment can indirectly access the operator network through the relay terminal equipment. Among them, relay terminal equipment can also be called relay user equipment or relay UE; remote terminal equipment can also be called remote user equipment and remote UE; operator networks can deploy 5G base stations (generation NodeBs) based on 5G technology. gNB), 5G core network (5G core, 5GC) and data network (DN), 5G core network includes access and mobility management function (AMF). The communication between the remote UE and the relay UE is based on the PC5 interface, and the communication between the relay UE and the gNB is based on the Uu interface. When the relay UE and the remote UE are in the connected state, the relay UE transfers between the remote UE and the gNB ( or relay) information.
(4)终端设备的状态(4) Status of terminal equipment
终端设备(以下,简称UE)的状态包括连接态和非连接态,非连接态分为去激活(inactive)态和空闲(idle)态。对于一个UE来说,当UE与基站建立连接,可以是直接连接或者间接连接,该UE处于连接态;当UE与基站之间的连接被释放时,UE处于非连接态,可以是去激活态或者空闲态。The state of a terminal device (hereinafter referred to as UE) includes a connected state and a disconnected state, and the disconnected state is divided into an inactive (inactive) state and an idle (idle) state. For a UE, when the UE establishes a connection with the base station, which can be a direct connection or an indirect connection, the UE is in a connected state; when the connection between the UE and the base station is released, the UE is in a disconnected state, which can be in a deactivated state or idle state.
如果UE处于空闲态,则UE和基站侧均会释放UE在空口的上下文信息,当UE需要重新与基站建立连接时,UE需要重新与基站建立连接,并且基站需从核心网侧下载UE的上下文。If the UE is in an idle state, both the UE and the base station will release the context information of the UE on the air interface. When the UE needs to re-establish a connection with the base station, the UE needs to re-establish a connection with the base station, and the base station needs to download the UE context from the core network side. .
如果UE处于去激活态,则UE和此前与UE建立连接的基站(或称源基站)侧均会保留UE在空口的上下文信息,当UE需要重新与基站建立连接时,基站和UE侧均可重新使用预先保留的UE的上下文信息建立连接。相较于UE处于空闲态重新与基站建立连接,缩减了流程,用时较短。具体的,UE可通过恢复(resume)消息向UE想要建立连接的基站(或称目标基站)发起请求,恢复消息中携带UE的resume ID,以使得基站根据恢复消息中携带的resume ID获取预先保留的上下文信息等。其中,resume ID为UE在由连接态转为去激活态时,由源基站发送给UE,resume ID用于指示目标基站通过源基站获取上下文信息。示例性的,前述上下文信息可包括如下信息:If the UE is in a deactivated state, both the UE and the base station (or source base station) that previously established a connection with the UE will retain the context information of the UE on the air interface. When the UE needs to re-establish a connection with the base station, both the base station and the UE side can The connection is established using the pre-reserved UE context information. Compared with the UE being in an idle state to re-establish a connection with the base station, the process is shortened and the time is shorter. Specifically, the UE may initiate a request to the base station (or the target base station) to which the UE wants to establish a connection through a resume message, and the resume message carries the resume ID of the UE, so that the base station obtains the advance information according to the resume ID carried in the resume message. Retained contextual information, etc. The resume ID is sent by the source base station to the UE when the UE changes from the connected state to the deactivated state, and the resume ID is used to instruct the target base station to obtain context information through the source base station. Exemplarily, the aforementioned context information may include the following information:
fullI-RNTI:full Inactive RNTI(radio network tempory identity,无线网络临时标识)fullI-RNTI: full Inactive RNTI (radio network temporary identity, wireless network temporary identity)
shortI-RNTI:short I-RNTIshortI-RNTI:shortI-RNTI
ran-PagingCycle:RAN(radio access network,无线接入网络)ran-PagingCycle:RAN(radio access network, wireless access network)
Paging Cycle(寻呼周期)Paging Cycle
ran-NotificationAreaInfo:RAN通知区信息ran-NotificationAreaInfo: RAN notification area information
(5)本申请中涉及的多个,是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。另外,应当理解,尽管在本发明实施例中可能采用术语第一、第二等来描述各数据、但这些数据不应限于这些术语。这些术语仅用来将各数据彼此区分开。(5) The plural referred to in the present application refers to two or more. "And/or", which describes the association relationship of the associated objects, means that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean that A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects are an "or" relationship. In addition, it should be understood that although the terms first, second, etc. may be used to describe various data in the embodiments of the present invention, these data should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish the various data from each other.
如图1示意,本申请实施例提供一种通信系统架构,该通信系统包括第一终端设备、第二终端设备以及网络设备。其中,第一终端设备通过第二终端设备与网络设备间接连接(或称间接通信),第二终端设备与网络设备直接连接(或称直接通信);第一终端设备可以是前述远程终端设备,第二终端设备可以是前述中继终端设备,网络设备可以是中继终端设备所接运营商网络中的基站设备,如5G基站(generation NodeB,gNB)。As shown in FIG. 1 , an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system architecture, where the communication system includes a first terminal device, a second terminal device, and a network device. Wherein, the first terminal device is indirectly connected (or referred to as indirect communication) with the network device through the second terminal device, and the second terminal device is directly connected (or referred to as direct communication) with the network device; the first terminal device may be the aforementioned remote terminal device, The second terminal device may be the aforementioned relay terminal device, and the network device may be a base station device in an operator network to which the relay terminal device is connected, such as a 5G base station (generation NodeB, gNB).
当第二终端设备需要进入非连接态,或称需要断开第二终端设备与网络设备之间的连接,或称需要离开不再继续为第一终端设备提供接入网络设备所在运营商网络的服务时,第一终端设备的状态可通过如下两种方式中任一种来进行处理。When the second terminal device needs to enter a non-connected state, or it needs to disconnect the connection between the second terminal device and the network device, or it needs to leave the network of the operator where the network device is no longer provided access to the network device for the first terminal device. During service, the state of the first terminal device can be processed in either of the following two ways.
第一种:第二终端设备首先通知第一终端设备第二终端设备需要进入非连接态,由第一终端设备主动请求第一终端设备的目标状态。The first type: the second terminal device first notifies the first terminal device that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state, and the first terminal device actively requests the target state of the first terminal device.
第二种:第二终端设备首先向网络设备发起进入非连接态的请求,由网络设备自行确定第一终端设备的状态或者结合第一终端设备的相关需求确定第一终端设备的目标状态。The second type: the second terminal device first initiates a request to enter the disconnected state to the network device, and the network device determines the state of the first terminal device by itself or determines the target state of the first terminal device in combination with the relevant requirements of the first terminal device.
本申请实施例提供一种终端设备的状态指示方法及通信装置,可应用于图1示意的通信系统。在第二终端设备(中继终端设备)需要进入非连接态时,对第一终端设备(远程 终端设备)的状态进行指示,以完成对第一终端设备状态的处理。由于方法及装置解决问题的原理相同,因此方法部分与装置部分实施例可以相互参见,重复之处不再赘述。Embodiments of the present application provide a state indication method and a communication apparatus for a terminal device, which can be applied to the communication system illustrated in FIG. 1 . When the second terminal device (relay terminal device) needs to enter the disconnected state, the state of the first terminal device (remote terminal device) is indicated to complete the processing of the state of the first terminal device. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving the problem are the same, the method part and the device part of the embodiments can be referred to each other, and the repeated parts will not be repeated.
下面将结合附图,对本申请实施例提供的终端设备的状态指示方法进行详细描述。The state indication method of the terminal device provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
针对前述处理第一终端设备的状态的第一种方式,第一终端设备可以通过第二终端设备向网络设备主动请求第一终端设备的目标状态,进而网络设备通过第二终端设备向第一终端设备指示第一终端的目标状态。For the aforementioned first method of processing the state of the first terminal device, the first terminal device can actively request the target state of the first terminal device from the network device through the second terminal device, and then the network device sends the first terminal device through the second terminal device to the network device. The device indicates the target state of the first terminal.
如图2所示,本申请实施例提供第一种终端状态的状态指示方法,该方法如下所述。As shown in FIG. 2 , an embodiment of the present application provides a first method for indicating a state of a terminal state, and the method is as follows.
S201,第二终端设备确定需要进入非连接态。S201, the second terminal device determines that it needs to enter a disconnected state.
其中,第二终端设备为中继终端设备,第二终端设备可以是在需切换运营商网络或者本地无数据发送等情况下,确定需要进入非连接态。Wherein, the second terminal device is a relay terminal device, and the second terminal device may determine that it needs to enter a disconnected state when the operator network needs to be switched or there is no local data transmission.
示例性的,如第二终端设备为双卡单通类型的手机等终端设备,从一张卡(简称卡1)转为另一张卡(简称卡2)执行诸如拨打电话等业务时,需要令卡1进入非连接态(空闲态或去激活态)。又如当第二终端设备本地无数据发送时,第二终端设备可进入非连接态(空闲态或去激活态),以节省功耗。Exemplarily, if the second terminal device is a dual-card single-pass mobile phone and other terminal devices, when switching from one card (referred to as card 1) to another card (referred to as card 2) to perform services such as making calls, it needs to be Put card 1 into a disconnected state (idle state or deactivated state). For another example, when the second terminal device does not transmit data locally, the second terminal device may enter a disconnected state (idle state or deactivated state) to save power consumption.
S202,第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送第一消息,第一消息用于指示第二终端设备需要进入非连接态。S202, the second terminal device sends a first message to the first terminal device, where the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state.
其中,第一终端设备处于连接态且第一终端设备通过第二终端设备与网络设备通信;第一终端设备为远程终端设备。第一消息可以为离开请求,第二终端设备通过向第一终端设备发送离开请求表明第二终端设备即将离开,以指示第二终端设备需要进入非连接态。Wherein, the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with the network device through the second terminal device; the first terminal device is a remote terminal device. The first message may be a leave request, and the second terminal device indicates that the second terminal device is about to leave by sending a leave request to the first terminal device, so as to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state.
S203,第一终端设备通过第二终端设备向网络设备请求第一终端设备的目标状态。S203, the first terminal device requests a target state of the first terminal device from the network device through the second terminal device.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端设备可通过第二终端设备向网络设备发送第一请求信息,第一请求信息用于请求第一终端设备的目标状态,第一请求信息所请求的目标状态可以是连接态,也可以是非连接态或非连接态中的空闲态/去激活态。若第一终端设备有希望进入的目标状态,则可在第一请求信息中用于指示第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态的信息,例如第一请求信息中包含状态标识,该状态标识用于指示第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态;或者,若第一终端设备没有希望进入的目标状态,只是请求网络设备指示一个目标状态,则可不在第一请求信息中包含前述状态标识。In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal device may send first request information to the network device through the second terminal device, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device, and the The target state can be a connected state, a disconnected state, or an idle/deactivated state in a disconnected state. If the first terminal device has a target state that the first terminal device wants to enter, the information used to indicate the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter may be included in the first request information. For example, the first request information includes a state identifier, and the state identifier is used for Indicate the target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter; or, if the first terminal device does not have a target state that it wishes to enter, but only requests the network device to indicate a target state, the aforementioned state identifier may not be included in the first request information.
其中,第一请求信息中包含的状态标识可以是第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态,也可以是能够表征第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态的索引。示例性的,记连接态的索引为0、非连接态中的空闲态的索引为1、非连接态中的去激活态的索引为2。如果第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态为连接态中的连接态,则第一请求信息中包含的状态标识可以是连接态/connection,也可以是“0”;如果第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态为非连接态中的空闲态,则第一请求信息中包含的状态标识可以是空闲态/idle,也可以是“1”;如果第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态为非连接态中的去激活态,则第一请求信息中包含的状态标识可以是去激活态/inactive,也可以是“2”;如果第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态仅为非连接态,则第一请求信息中包含的状态标识可以包括空闲态/idle、去激活态/inactive,也可以包括“1”、“2”。此外,也可采用比特序列来表示目标状态的索引,例如基于两个比特位记连接态的索引为“00”、非连接态中的空闲态的索引为“01”、非连接态中的去激活态的索引为“10”。The state identifier included in the first request information may be a target state that the first terminal device wants to enter, or an index that can represent the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter. Exemplarily, the index of the connected state is 0, the index of the idle state in the disconnected state is 1, and the index of the deactivated state in the disconnected state is 2. If the target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter is the connection state in the connection state, the state identifier included in the first request information may be the connection state/connection, or may be "0"; if the first terminal device wishes to enter the connection state If the target state is the idle state in the disconnected state, the state identifier included in the first request information may be idle state/idle, or "1"; if the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter is in the disconnected state Inactive state, the state identifier included in the first request information may be inactive state/inactive, or it may be "2"; if the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter is only the disconnected state, then the first request The state identifiers contained in the information may include idle state/idle, deactivated state/inactive, and may also include "1" and "2". In addition, a bit sequence can also be used to represent the index of the target state. For example, based on two bits, the index of the connected state is "00", the index of the idle state in the disconnected state is "01", and the index of the disconnected state is "01". The index of the active state is "10".
具体实施时,第一请求信息可被携带在第一终端设备发送的UE辅助信息(UE  Assistance information)中发送至网络设备。示例性的,第一请求信息可以是第一终端设备发送的UE辅助信息中ReleasePreference-r16内定义的preferredRRC-State-r16字段;该preferredRRC-State-r16字段的取值为空或者前述状态标识,该preferredRRC-State-r16字段的取值为空时表示第一终端设备没有希望进入的目标状态。During specific implementation, the first request information may be carried in UE assistance information (UE Assistance information) sent by the first terminal device and sent to the network device. Exemplarily, the first request information may be the preferredRRC-State-r16 field defined in ReleasePreference-r16 in the UE assistance information sent by the first terminal device; the value of the preferredRRC-State-r16 field is null or the aforementioned state identifier, When the value of the preferredRRC-State-r16 field is empty, it indicates that the first terminal device does not have a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter.
另一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端设备可向第二终端设备发送第二消息,第二消息用于指示第一终端设备确认第二终端设备需要进入非连接态。可选的,第二消息中包含用于指示第一终端希望进入的目标状态的信息,表示第一终端设备有希望进入的目标状态;或者,第二消息中未包含用于指示第一终端希望进入的目标状态的信息,表示第一终端设备没有希望进入的目标状态。可选的,对应第一消息为离开请求,第二消息可以为离开响应,表示第一终端设备确认第二终端设备的离开请求,即得知第二终端设备即将离开。In another optional implementation manner, the first terminal device may send a second message to the second terminal device, where the second message is used to instruct the first terminal device to confirm that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state. Optionally, the second message includes information used to indicate the target state that the first terminal wishes to enter, indicating that the first terminal device has a target state that is expected to enter; or, the second message does not include information used to indicate that the first terminal wishes to enter. The information of the entered target state indicates that the first terminal device does not have a desired target state to enter. Optionally, the corresponding first message is a leave request, and the second message may be a leave response, indicating that the first terminal device confirms the leave request of the second terminal device, that is, it knows that the second terminal device is about to leave.
第二终端设备根据第二消息,向网络设备发送第一请求信息。其中,若第二消息中包含用于指示第一终端希望进入的目标状态的信息,第一请求信息中包含状态标识;第二消息中未包含用于指示第一终端希望进入的目标状态的信息,第一请求信息中未包含状态标识。The second terminal device sends the first request information to the network device according to the second message. Wherein, if the second message includes information for indicating the target state that the first terminal wishes to enter, the first request information includes a state identifier; the second message does not include information for indicating the target state that the first terminal wishes to enter , the first request information does not contain a state identifier.
具体实施时,第一请求信息可被携带在由第二终端设备发送UE辅助信息(UE Assistance information)中发送至网络设备,第一请求信息可以是在第二终端设备发送的UE辅助信息中新增的定义。示例性的,第一请求信息为第二终端设备发送的UE辅助信息中ReleasePreference-r16内新增定义的remoteID-preferredRRC-State-r16字段。During specific implementation, the first request information may be carried in UE assistance information (UE Assistance information) sent by the second terminal device and sent to the network device, and the first request information may be new information in the UE assistance information sent by the second terminal device. Added definition. Exemplarily, the first request information is a newly defined remoteID-preferredRRC-State-r16 field in ReleasePreference-r16 in the UE assistance information sent by the second terminal device.
其中,该remoteID-preferredRRC-State-r16字段的取值为空或者前述状态标识,该remoteID-preferredRRC-State-r16字段的取值为空时表示第一终端设备没有希望进入的目标状态。该remoteID用于标识第一终端设备,可以是第一终端设备的标识符。另,需要说明的是,“remoteID-preferredRRC-State-r16”仅作为一种字段名称的示意,也可以在第二终端设备发送的UE辅助信息中设定其它字段名称来指示第一请求信息,本申请实施例并不对此进行限制。Wherein, the value of the remoteID-preferredRRC-State-r16 field is null or the aforementioned state identifier, and when the value of the remoteID-preferredRRC-State-r16 field is null, it indicates that the first terminal device has no target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter. The remoteID is used to identify the first terminal device, and may be an identifier of the first terminal device. In addition, it should be noted that "remoteID-preferredRRC-State-r16" is only used as an indication of a field name, and other field names can also be set in the UE auxiliary information sent by the second terminal device to indicate the first request information, This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
S204,网络设备通过第二终端设备向第一终端设备指示第一终端设备的目标状态。S204, the network device indicates the target state of the first terminal device to the first terminal device through the second terminal device.
其中,向第一终端设备所指示的目标状态可以是去激活态、空闲态、连接态中的一种。可选的,网络设备可基于接收到的第一请求信息是否包含状态标识,来确定第一指示信息所指示的目标状态。例如,在网络设备接收到的第一请求信息中未包含状态标识的情况下,网络设备可结合诸如第一终端设备是否有待发送数据,相关网络业务是否涉及第一终端设备等实际需求的考虑,来确定向第一终端设备所指示的目标状态。又如,在网络设备接收到的第一请求信息中包含状态标识的情况下,网络设备可根据第一请求信息中的状态标识,来确定向第一终端设备所指示的第一终端设备的目标状态,即向第一终端设备所指示的目标状态与第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态保持一致。此外,网络设备还可获得第二终端设备的目标状态,并将向第一终端设备所指示的目标状态设定为与第二终端设备的目标状态相同。The target state indicated to the first terminal device may be one of a deactivated state, an idle state, and a connected state. Optionally, the network device may determine the target state indicated by the first indication information based on whether the received first request information includes a state identifier. For example, in the case where the first request information received by the network device does not contain a status identifier, the network device may take into account actual needs such as whether the first terminal device has data to be sent, whether the relevant network service involves the first terminal device, etc. to determine the target state indicated to the first terminal device. For another example, in the case where the first request information received by the network device includes a state identifier, the network device may determine the target of the first terminal device indicated to the first terminal device according to the state identifier in the first request information The state, that is, the target state indicated to the first terminal device is consistent with the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter. In addition, the network device can also obtain the target state of the second terminal device, and set the target state indicated to the first terminal device to be the same as the target state of the second terminal device.
具体实施时,网络设备可通过第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送携带第一指示信息的连接释放消息,第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态。可选的,若该第一指示信息中包含上下文信息,则第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为去激活态;若该第一指示信息中不包含上下文信息,则第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态。该连接释放消息可具体可采用释放无线资源控制连接(radio resource control connection release,RRC  Connection Release)消息来实现。During specific implementation, the network device may send a connection release message carrying first indication information to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device. Optionally, if the first indication information contains context information, the target state indicated by the first indication information is a deactivated state; if the first indication information does not contain context information, then the target state indicated by the first indication information is a deactivated state; The target state is the idle state. The connection release message may specifically be implemented by using a radio resource control connection release (radio resource control connection release, RRC Connection Release) message.
或者,网络设备可通过第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送连接重配置消息,以指示第一终端设备的目标状态为连接态。可选的,该连接重配置消息可具体采用无线资源控制连接重配置(radio resource connection reconfiguration,RRC Connection Reconfiguration)消息来实现。Alternatively, the network device may send a connection reconfiguration message to the first terminal device through the second terminal device to indicate that the target state of the first terminal device is the connected state. Optionally, the connection reconfiguration message may be specifically implemented by a radio resource control connection reconfiguration (radio resource connection reconfiguration, RRC Connection Reconfiguration) message.
本申请实施例中,第二终端设备先将其需要进入非连接态的情况通知给第一终端设备,触发第一终端设备主动发起请求目标状态,网络设备基于第一终端设备的请求将目标状态指示给第一终端设备,能够避免第二终端设备进入非连接态对第一终端设备的业务造成影响,例如指示第一终端设备保持连接态,以避免第二终端设备进入非连接态对需要进行数据传输的第一终端设备造成影响;将去激活状态指示给第一终端设备,可避免对后续重连接造成过长的时延;将空闲态指示给第一终端设备,使得第一终端设备更加快速进入空闲态,避免第一终端设备在第二终端设备进入非连接态不及时更改状态而所造成的资源浪费。In the embodiment of the present application, the second terminal device first notifies the first terminal device that it needs to enter the disconnected state, triggering the first terminal device to actively initiate a request for the target state, and the network device sends the target state based on the request of the first terminal device Instructing the first terminal device can prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state from affecting the services of the first terminal device, for example, instructing the first terminal device to remain in the connected state to prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state. The first terminal equipment of data transmission is affected; the deactivation state is indicated to the first terminal equipment, which can avoid causing excessive delay to subsequent reconnection; the idle state is indicated to the first terminal equipment, so that the first terminal equipment is more efficient. Quickly enter the idle state to avoid resource waste caused by the first terminal device not changing the state in time when the second terminal device enters the non-connected state.
进一步,在S203之前,还包括第一终端设备确定自身是否有希望进入的目标状态;并在结果为是的情况下,确定第一终端设备所希望进入的目标状态。可选的,第一终端设备可根据S202中第二终端设备发送的第一消息和/或第一终端设备是否有待发送数据,来确定第一终端设备所希望进入的目标状态。其中,第二终端设备发送的第一消息中携带用于指示前述第二终端设备将要进入的目标状态的信息,该第二终端设备将要进入的目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种。第二终端设备通过向第一终端设备发送携带前述第一消息,以具体通知第一终端设备第二终端设备需要进入非连接态中的空闲态还是非连接态中的去激活态。Further, before S203, it also includes the first terminal device determining whether it has a target state that it wants to enter; and if the result is yes, determining the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter. Optionally, the first terminal device may determine the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter according to the first message sent by the second terminal device in S202 and/or whether the first terminal device has data to be sent. The first message sent by the second terminal device carries information used to indicate the target state to be entered by the second terminal device, and the target state to be entered by the second terminal device is one of an idle state and a deactivated state . The second terminal device specifically informs the first terminal device whether the second terminal device needs to enter the idle state in the disconnected state or the deactivated state in the disconnected state by sending the first message carrying the first message to the first terminal device.
具体实施时,第一终端设备所希望进入的目标状态可参照如下方式确定:若第一终端设备确定没有待发送数据,即可以不保持在连接态,则第一终端设备可确定自身希望进入的目标状态为非连接态,具体的,第一终端设备可根据后续是否需要重连接确定自身所希望进入的目标状态为空闲态还是去激活态;或者,第一终端设备可确定自身所希望进入的目标状态与第一消息中指示的第二终端设备需要进入的目标状态保持一致。若第一终端设备确定有待发送数据,则确定自身仍希望保持在连接态。During specific implementation, the target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter may be determined by reference to the following method: if the first terminal device determines that there is no data to be sent, that is, it may not remain in the connected state, the first terminal device may determine that it wishes to enter the target state. The target state is a disconnected state. Specifically, the first terminal device can determine whether the target state it wants to enter is an idle state or a deactivated state according to whether subsequent reconnection is required; or, the first terminal device can determine the desired state. The target state is consistent with the target state indicated in the first message that the second terminal device needs to enter. If the first terminal device determines that data is to be sent, it determines that it still wishes to remain in the connected state.
基于此,在第一请求信息中包含状态标识,也即第一终端设备确定自身希望进入的目标状态的情况下,S304中网络设备所发送的第一指示信息指示的目标状态可参照如下方式一至方式三确定:Based on this, in the case where the first request information includes a state identifier, that is, when the first terminal device determines the target state it wishes to enter, the target state indicated by the first indication information sent by the network device in S304 may refer to the following methods 1 to Three ways to determine:
方式一:若第一请求信息请求第一终端设备的目标状态为非连接态,但是未指明空闲态还是去激活态,网络设备可将空闲态、去激活态的一种指示给第一终端设备,例如:网络设备可以获得第二终端设备将要进入的状态,将第二终端设备将要进入的状态作为第一终端设备的目标状态指示给第一终端设备;Mode 1: If the first request information requests the target state of the first terminal device to be a disconnected state, but does not specify whether the idle state or the deactivated state, the network device may indicate one of the idle state and the deactivated state to the first terminal device. , for example: the network device can obtain the state to be entered by the second terminal device, and indicate the state to be entered by the second terminal device as the target state of the first terminal device to the first terminal device;
方式二:若第一请求信息请求第一终端设备的目标状态为非连接态且是空闲态,则网络设备将空闲态指示给第一终端设备;若第一请求信息请求第一终端设备的目标状态为非连接态且是去激活态,则网络设备将去激活态指示给第一终端设备。Mode 2: If the first request information requests the target state of the first terminal device to be in the disconnected state and the idle state, the network device indicates the idle state to the first terminal device; if the first request information requests the target state of the first terminal device If the state is the disconnected state and the deactivated state, the network device indicates the deactivated state to the first terminal device.
具体的,网络设备可在第一指示信息中包含上下文信息,表征网络设备将去激活态指示给第一终端设备,能够为第一终端设备后续恢复连接态提供上下文信息;即第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态为去激活态。网络设备也可不在第一指示信息中包含上下文信息,表征网络设备将空闲态指示给第一终端设备;即第一指示信息用于指示第一 终端设备的目标状态为空闲态。Specifically, the network device may include context information in the first indication information, indicating that the network device indicates the deactivated state to the first terminal device, and can provide context information for the first terminal device to subsequently restore the connection state; that is, the first indication information is used for to indicate that the target state of the first terminal device is the deactivated state. The network device may also not include context information in the first indication information, indicating that the network device indicates the idle state to the first terminal device; that is, the first indication information is used to indicate that the target state of the first terminal device is the idle state.
方式三:若第一请求信息所请求的第一终端设备的目标状态为连接态,则网络设备可将连接态指示给第一终端设备,即第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态为连接态。Mode 3: If the target state of the first terminal device requested by the first request information is the connected state, the network device may indicate the connected state to the first terminal device, that is, the first indication information is used to indicate the target of the first terminal device The state is connected.
进一步,在前述S202中第一终端设备接收到第一消息之后,如果第一终端设备确定需要保持连接态,第一终端设备还可通过第二终端设备向网络设备发送路径转换请求,该路径转换请求用于请求第一终端设备保持连接态。网络设备确定可与第一终端设备通信,为第一终端设备提供服务的目标网络设备,通过第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送连接重配置消息,以指示第一终端设备建立到目标网络设备的直接连接;其中,该连接重配置消息中可包含目标网络设备的配置信息,目标网络设备的配置信息包括目标网络设备的标识、目标网络设备为第一终端设备分配的无线资源。可选的,目标网络设备可以是预先配置好的,也可以由网络设备向第一终端设备发送测量配置,接收第一终端设备在确定需要保持连接态时发送的测量配置的测量报告所确定的。Further, after the first terminal device receives the first message in the aforementioned S202, if the first terminal device determines that the connection state needs to be maintained, the first terminal device may also send a path switching request to the network device through the second terminal device, and the path switching The request is used to request the first terminal device to keep the connection state. The network device determines a target network device that can communicate with the first terminal device and provides services for the first terminal device, and sends a connection reconfiguration message to the first terminal device through the second terminal device to instruct the first terminal device to establish a connection to the target network device. The connection reconfiguration message may include configuration information of the target network device, and the configuration information of the target network device includes the identifier of the target network device and the wireless resources allocated by the target network device to the first terminal device. Optionally, the target network device may be pre-configured, or the network device may send the measurement configuration to the first terminal device, and receive the measurement configuration determined by the measurement report sent by the first terminal device when it is determined that the connection state needs to be maintained. .
在图2的基础上,参见图3,本申请实施例提供第二种终端设备的状态指示方法,该方法如下所述。On the basis of FIG. 2 , referring to FIG. 3 , an embodiment of the present application provides a second method for indicating the status of a terminal device, and the method is as follows.
S301,第二终端设备确定需要进入非连接态。S301, the second terminal device determines that it needs to enter a disconnected state.
S302,第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送离开请求,离开请求用于指示第二终端设备需要进入非连接态。其中,第一终端设备处于连接态且第一终端设备通过第二终端设备与网络设备通信。S302, the second terminal device sends a leave request to the first terminal device, where the leave request is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state. The first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with the network device through the second terminal device.
S303,第一终端设备通过第二终端设备向网络设备发送UE辅助信息,也即第二终端设备将第一终端设备发送的UE辅助信息中继至网络设备。S303, the first terminal device sends the UE auxiliary information to the network device through the second terminal device, that is, the second terminal device relays the UE auxiliary information sent by the first terminal device to the network device.
其中,UE辅助信息中携带第一请求信息,第一请求信息用于请求第一终端设备的目标状态,该目标状态可以为非连接态,也可以为非连接态中的去激活态或空闲态;第一终端设备发送的UE辅助信息为第一终端设备与网络设备之间交互的消息。当然,第一终端设备所发送的UE辅助信息也可以是其它消息,只要其携带第一请求信息即可,对此不进行限制。The UE auxiliary information carries first request information, and the first request information is used to request a target state of the first terminal device, and the target state may be a disconnected state, or a deactivated state or an idle state in the disconnected state ; The UE assistance information sent by the first terminal device is a message exchanged between the first terminal device and the network device. Of course, the UE assistance information sent by the first terminal device may also be other messages, as long as it carries the first request information, which is not limited.
可选的,第一请求信息包含原因值(cause),该原因值用于指示第二终端设备需要进入非连接态。如图3中S303具体示意出了第一终端设备发送的UE辅助信息中携带的第一请求信息中包含原因值:中继离开(relay leave)。Optionally, the first request information includes a cause value (cause), where the cause value is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state. S303 in FIG. 3 specifically illustrates that the first request information carried in the UE auxiliary information sent by the first terminal device includes a reason value: relay leave.
网络设备在接收到来自第一终端设备的携带有原因值的UE辅助信息时,可以基于前述原因值确定第一终端设备是由于第二终端设备需要进入非连接态才请求其目标状态,则先不释放或称保留第二终端设备中的第一资源,第一资源为第二终端设备为第一终端设备提供中继(relay)服务所需的资源,第一资源用于第二终端设备将来自第一终端设备的信息发送给网络设备,或第一资源用于第二终端设备从网络设备接收的信息发送给第一终端设备;而是等待第二终端设备发起进入非连接态的相关请求,一次性释放第二终端设备中的第一资源以及第二资源,第二资源为第二终端设备与网络设备通信所需的资源。能够简化对于第二终端设备的资源处理流程,减少信令开销。When receiving the UE assistance information carrying the cause value from the first terminal device, the network device can determine, based on the aforementioned cause value, that the first terminal device requests its target state because the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state. Do not release or reserve the first resource in the second terminal device, the first resource is the resource required by the second terminal device to provide a relay service for the first terminal device, and the first resource is used by the second terminal device to The information from the first terminal device is sent to the network device, or the first resource is used for the information received by the second terminal device from the network device to be sent to the first terminal device; instead, it waits for the second terminal device to initiate a related request to enter the disconnected state , the first resource and the second resource in the second terminal device are released at one time, and the second resource is the resource required by the second terminal device to communicate with the network device. The resource processing flow for the second terminal device can be simplified, and the signaling overhead can be reduced.
具体的,图3中示意出了网络设备在接收到S303中第一终端设备发送的UE辅助信息后,暂时保留第二终端设备中的第一资源;等待接收到S306中第二终端设备发送的UE辅 助信息后,释放第二终端设备而中的第一资源和第二资源。可选的,前述第一资源和第二资源是网络设备预先配置在第二终端设备中的。Specifically, FIG. 3 illustrates that after receiving the UE assistance information sent by the first terminal device in S303, the network device temporarily reserves the first resource in the second terminal device; waiting for receiving the UE assistance information sent by the second terminal device in S306 After the UE assists the information, the first resource and the second resource in the second terminal device are released. Optionally, the aforementioned first resource and second resource are pre-configured by the network device in the second terminal device.
S304,网络设备通过第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送连接释放消息,该连接释放消息中携带第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态,该目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种。S304, the network device sends a connection release message to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, where the connection release message carries first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a target state of the first terminal device, and the target state is idle One of the state and the deactivated state.
可选的,若连接释放消息中的第一指示信息包含上下文信息,则第一指示信息具体用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态为去激活态,第一终端设备接收到该连接释放消息后,基于第一指示信息中包含的上下文信息由连接态切换为去激活态;若连接释放消息中的第一指示信息未包含上下文信息,则第一指示信息具体用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态为空闲态,第一终端设备接收到该连接释放消息后由连接态切换为空闲态。Optionally, if the first indication information in the connection release message includes context information, the first indication information is specifically used to indicate that the target state of the first terminal device is the deactivated state, and after the first terminal device receives the connection release message, , switch from the connected state to the deactivated state based on the context information contained in the first indication information; if the first indication information in the connection release message does not contain context information, the first indication information is specifically used to indicate the target of the first terminal device The state is the idle state, and the first terminal device switches from the connected state to the idle state after receiving the connection release message.
具体实施时,网络设备发送给第一终端设备的连接释放消息可以采用RRC Connection Release消息来实现。示例性的,第一指示信息可以是网络设备发送给第一终端设备的RRC Connection Release消息中的SuspendConfig;其中,如果SuspendConfig内包含有上下文信息,则表示其所指示的第一终端设备的目标状态为去激活态;如果SuspendConfig内未包含有上下文信息,则表示其所指示的第一终端设备的目标状态为去激活态。During specific implementation, the connection release message sent by the network device to the first terminal device may be implemented by using an RRC Connection Release message. Exemplarily, the first indication information may be SuspendConfig in the RRC Connection Release message sent by the network device to the first terminal device; wherein, if the SuspendConfig contains context information, it indicates the target state of the first terminal device indicated by it. In the deactivated state; if the context information is not included in the SuspendConfig, it indicates that the target state of the first terminal device indicated by the SuspendConfig is in the deactivated state.
另外,需要说明的是,S304中网设备发送给第一终端设备的连接释放消息也可以是其它消息,只要其携带第一指示信息即可,对此不进行限制。In addition, it should be noted that the connection release message sent by the network device in S304 to the first terminal device may also be other messages, as long as it carries the first indication information, which is not limited.
S305,第一终端设备进入第一指示信息所指示的目标状态后,向第二终端设备发送离开响应。S305: After the first terminal device enters the target state indicated by the first indication information, it sends a leave response to the second terminal device.
其中,离开响应用于指示第一终端设备确认第二终端设备需要进入非连接态,该离开响应还用于指示第一终端设备进入第一指示信息所指示的目标状态。则第二终端设备可根据该离开响应确定第一终端设备进入目标状态。The leaving response is used to instruct the first terminal device to confirm that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state, and the leaving response is also used to instruct the first terminal device to enter the target state indicated by the first indication information. Then, the second terminal device may determine that the first terminal device enters the target state according to the leaving response.
S306,第二终端设备向网络设备发送UE辅助信息,该第二终端设备发送的UE辅助信息中携带第二请求信息,第二请求信息用于请求第二终端设备的目标状态,该第二终端设备的目标状态为非连接态或者非连接态中的空闲态或者非连接态中的去激活态。当然,第二终端设备所发送的UE辅助信息也可以是其它消息,只要其携带第二请求信息即可,对此不进行限制。S306, the second terminal device sends UE auxiliary information to the network device, the UE auxiliary information sent by the second terminal device carries second request information, and the second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, the second terminal device The target state of the device is the disconnected state or the idle state in the disconnected state or the deactivated state in the disconnected state. Of course, the UE assistance information sent by the second terminal device may also be other messages, as long as it carries the second request information, which is not limited.
其中,第二请求信息中包含用于指示第二终端设备希望进入的目标状态的状态标识,第二请求信息中包含的状态标识可以是第二终端设备希望进入的目标状态,也可以是能够表征第二终端设备希望进入的目标状态的索引,第二终端设备希望进入的目标状态为非连接态或者非连接态中的空闲态或者非连接态中的去激活态。Wherein, the second request information includes a state identifier used to indicate the target state that the second terminal device wants to enter, and the state identifier included in the second request information may be the target state that the second terminal device wants to enter, or it may be able to represent the target state that the second terminal device wants to enter. The index of the target state that the second terminal device wants to enter, and the target state that the second terminal device wants to enter is the disconnected state or the idle state in the disconnected state or the deactivated state in the disconnected state.
具体实施时,第二请求信息可以是第二终端设备发送的UE辅助信息中ReleasePreference-r16内定义的preferredRRC-State-r16字段;该preferredRRC-State-r16字段的取值为第二请求信息中包含的状态标识。In specific implementation, the second request information may be the preferredRRC-State-r16 field defined in ReleasePreference-r16 in the UE auxiliary information sent by the second terminal device; the value of the preferredRRC-State-r16 field is the value included in the second request information status ID.
参照S203下一种可选的实施方式,示例性的,若第二终端设备希望进入的目标状态为非连接态,则第二终端设备发送的UE辅助信息中preferredRRC-State-r16字段取值为空闲态/idle、去激活态/inactive,或者“1、2”,或者“01、10”。若第二终端设备希望进入的目标状态为非连接态中的空闲态,则第二终端设备发送的UE辅助信息中preferredRRC-State-r16字段取值为空闲态/idle,或者“1”,或者“01”。若第二终端设备希望进入的目标状态为非连接态中的去激活态,则第二终端设备发送的UE辅助信息中 preferredRRC-State-r16字段取值为去激活态/inactive,或者“2”,或者“10”。Referring to the next optional implementation manner of S203, for example, if the target state that the second terminal device wants to enter is the disconnected state, the value of the preferredRRC-State-r16 field in the UE assistance information sent by the second terminal device is the value of Idle state/idle, deactivated state/inactive, or "1, 2", or "01, 10". If the target state that the second terminal device wants to enter is the idle state in the disconnected state, the preferredRRC-State-r16 field in the UE assistance information sent by the second terminal device takes the value of the idle state/idle, or "1", or "01". If the target state that the second terminal device wants to enter is the inactive state in the disconnected state, the value of the preferredRRC-State-r16 field in the UE assistance information sent by the second terminal device is inactive state/inactive, or "2" , or "10".
S307,网络设备向第二终端设备发送连接释放消息,该连接释放消息携带第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第二终端设备的目标状态(例如:空闲态或去激活态)。S307: The network device sends a connection release message to the second terminal device, where the connection release message carries second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the target state (eg, idle state or deactivated state) of the second terminal device.
可选的,第二指示信息为网络设备对第二终端设备发送UE辅助信息中第二请求信息所作的响应,该第二指示信息所指示的目标状态可以是由网络设备自行确定或者是当第二请求信息所请求的目标状态具体为非连接态中的去激活态或者空闲态时,网络设备确定第二指示信息所指示的目标状态与第二请求信息所请求的目标状态保持一致。Optionally, the second indication information is a response made by the network device to the second request information in the UE auxiliary information sent by the second terminal device, and the target state indicated by the second indication information may be determined by the network device itself or when the second request information is sent by the second terminal device. When the target state requested by the second request information is specifically the deactivated state or the idle state in the disconnected state, the network device determines that the target state indicated by the second indication information is consistent with the target state requested by the second request information.
可选的,若连接释放消息中的第二指示信息包含上下文信息,则第二指示信息具体用于指示第二终端设备的目标状态为去激活态,则第二终端设备接收到该连接释放消息后,基于第二指示信息中包含的上下文信息进入去激活态;若连接释放消息中的第而指示信息未包含上下文信息,则第二指示信息具体用于指示第二终端设备的目标状态为空闲态,则第二终端设备接收到该连接释放消息后进入空闲态。Optionally, if the second indication information in the connection release message includes context information, the second indication information is specifically used to indicate that the target state of the second terminal device is the deactivated state, and the second terminal device receives the connection release message. Then, enter the deactivated state based on the context information contained in the second indication information; if the first indication information in the connection release message does not contain the context information, the second indication information is specifically used to indicate that the target state of the second terminal device is idle state, the second terminal device enters the idle state after receiving the connection release message.
具体实施时,网络设备发送给第二终端设备的连接释放消息可以采用RRC Connection Release消息来实现。示例性的,第二指示信息可以是网络设备发送给第二终端设备的RRC Connection Release消息中的SuspendConfig;其中,如果SuspendConfig内包含有上下文信息,则表示其所指示的第二终端设备的目标状态为去激活态;如果SuspendConfig内未包含有上下文信息,则表示其所指示的第二终端设备的目标状态为去激活态。During specific implementation, the connection release message sent by the network device to the second terminal device may be implemented by using an RRC Connection Release message. Exemplarily, the second indication information may be SuspendConfig in the RRC Connection Release message sent by the network device to the second terminal device; wherein, if the SuspendConfig contains context information, it indicates the target state of the second terminal device indicated by it. In the deactivated state; if the context information is not included in the SuspendConfig, it indicates that the target state of the second terminal device indicated by the SuspendConfig is in the deactivated state.
另外,需要说明的是S307中网络设备向第二终端设备发送的连接释放消息也可以是其它消息,只要其携带第二指示信息即可,对此不进行限制。In addition, it should be noted that the connection release message sent by the network device to the second terminal device in S307 may also be other messages, as long as it carries the second indication information, which is not limited.
本申请实施例中,第二终端设备先将其需要进入非连接态的情况通知给第一终端设备,触发第一终端设备通过第二终端设备向网络设备发送第二消息,即主动发起请求目标状态;网络设备将根据第二消息所请求的目标状态指示给第一终端,网络改动较小。在第一终端设备进入目标状态后,第二终端设备再请求网络设备指示其进入非连接态。能够避免第二终端设备进入非连接态对第一终端设备的业务造成影响。In the embodiment of the present application, the second terminal device first notifies the first terminal device that it needs to enter the disconnected state, and triggers the first terminal device to send the second message to the network device through the second terminal device, that is, actively initiates the request target Status; the network device indicates the target status requested according to the second message to the first terminal, and the network changes are minor. After the first terminal device enters the target state, the second terminal device then requests the network device to instruct it to enter the disconnected state. It can prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state from affecting the services of the first terminal device.
此外,如果第一终端设备确定需要保持连接态,在S302之后也可不执行前述S303和S304,而是执行如下步骤S1和S2后再执行S305至S307。S1:第一终端设备通过第二终端设备向网络设备发送路径转换请求,该路径转换请求用于请求第一终端设备保持连接态。S2:网络设备通过第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送连接重配置消息,以指示第一终端设备建立到目标网络设备的直接连接;其中,目标网络设备可与第一终端设备通信,为第一终端设备提供服务;该连接重配置消息中可包含目标网络设备的配置信息,目标网络设备的配置信息包括目标网络设备的标识、目标网络设备为第一终端设备分配的无线资源。可选的,目标网络设备可以是预先配置好的,也可以由网络设备向第一终端设备发送测量配置,接收第一终端设备在确定需要保持连接态时发送的测量配置的测量报告所确定的。In addition, if the first terminal device determines that it needs to keep the connection state, after S302, the aforementioned S303 and S304 may not be performed, but the following steps S1 and S2 are performed, and then S305 to S307 are performed. S1: The first terminal device sends a path switching request to the network device through the second terminal device, where the path switching request is used to request the first terminal device to maintain a connection state. S2: The network device sends a connection reconfiguration message to the first terminal device through the second terminal device to instruct the first terminal device to establish a direct connection to the target network device; wherein the target network device can communicate with the first terminal device, which is the first terminal device. A terminal device provides a service; the connection reconfiguration message may include configuration information of the target network device, and the configuration information of the target network device includes the identifier of the target network device and the wireless resources allocated by the target network device to the first terminal device. Optionally, the target network device may be pre-configured, or the network device may send the measurement configuration to the first terminal device, and receive the measurement configuration determined by the measurement report sent by the first terminal device when it is determined that the connection state needs to be maintained. .
在图2的基础上,参见图4,本申请实施例提供第三种终端设备的状态指示方法,该方法如下所述。On the basis of FIG. 2 , referring to FIG. 4 , an embodiment of the present application provides a third method for indicating a state of a terminal device, and the method is as follows.
S401:第二终端设备确定需要进入非连接态。S401: The second terminal device determines that it needs to enter a disconnected state.
S402:第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送离开请求,离开请求用于指示第二终端设备需要进入非连接态。其中,第一终端设备处于连接态且第一终端设备通过第二终端设备与网络设备通信。S402: The second terminal device sends a leave request to the first terminal device, where the leave request is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state. The first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with the network device through the second terminal device.
S403,第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送离开响应,离开响应中携带第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态,该目标状态可以为非连接态,也可以为非连接态中的空闲态或去激活态。S403, the first terminal device sends a leave response to the second terminal device, and the leave response carries the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter. active state.
S404,第二终端设备根据离开响应,向网络设备发送UE辅助信息;其中,第二终端设备发送UE辅助信息中携带第一请求信息和第二请求信息。S404, the second terminal device sends the UE auxiliary information to the network device according to the leaving response; wherein the UE auxiliary information sent by the second terminal device carries the first request information and the second request information.
其中,第一请求信息用于请求第一终端设备的目标状态,该第一终端设备的目标状态为非连接态、空闲态、去激活态中的一种;第一请求信息所请求第一终端设备的目标状态与前述离开响应中所携带的第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态保持一致;第二请求信息用于请求第二终端设备的目标状态,该第二终端设备的目标状态可以是非连接态,也可以是非连接态中的去激活态或空闲态。The first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device, and the target state of the first terminal device is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state; the first terminal device requested by the first request information The target state of the device is consistent with the target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter carried in the aforementioned leave response; the second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state of the second terminal device may be disconnected It can also be a deactivated state or an idle state in a disconnected state.
具体实施时,参照S203和S306中的实施方式,第一请求信息可以是第二终端设备发送的UE辅助信息中ReleasePreference-r16内新增定义的remoteID-preferredRRC-State-r16;第二请求信息可以是第二终端设备发送的UE辅助信息中ReleasePreference-r16内定义的preferredRRC-State-r16字段。当然,第一请求信息和第二请求信息也可以为其它消息,例如第三消息中携带的字段、也可以为其它字段,本申请实施例不作限制。In specific implementation, referring to the implementations in S203 and S306, the first request information may be remoteID-preferredRRC-State-r16 newly defined in ReleasePreference-r16 in the UE auxiliary information sent by the second terminal device; the second request information may be is the preferredRRC-State-r16 field defined in ReleasePreference-r16 in the UE assistance information sent by the second terminal device. Certainly, the first request information and the second request information may also be other messages, for example, the fields carried in the third message may also be other fields, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
S405,网络设备通过第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送连接释放消息,该连接释放消息中携带第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态,该目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种。S405, the network device sends a connection release message to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, where the connection release message carries first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a target state of the first terminal device, and the target state is idle One of the state and the deactivated state.
具体的,可参照S304中的实施方式执行,对此不再进行赘述。另外,需要说明的是,S405中网设备发送给第一终端设备的连接释放消息也可以是其它消息,只要其携带第一指示信息即可,对此不进行限制。Specifically, the implementation may be performed with reference to the implementation manner in S304, which will not be repeated here. In addition, it should be noted that the connection release message sent by the network device in S405 to the first terminal device may also be other messages, as long as it carries the first indication information, which is not limited.
S406,网络设备向第二终端设备发送连接释放消息,该连接释放消息携带第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第二终端设备的目标状态(例如:空闲态、去激活态中的一种)。S406, the network device sends a connection release message to the second terminal device, where the connection release message carries second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the target state of the second terminal device (for example: one of an idle state and a deactivated state). kind).
具体的,可参照S307中的实施方式执行,对此不再进行赘述。另外,需要说明的是S406中网络设备发送给第二终端设备的连接释放消息也可以是其它消息,只要其携带第二指示信息即可,对此不进行限制。Specifically, the implementation may be performed with reference to the implementation manner in S307, which will not be repeated here. In addition, it should be noted that the connection release message sent by the network device to the second terminal device in S406 may also be other messages, as long as it carries the second indication information, which is not limited.
本申请实施例中,在第二终端设备需要进入非连接态时,由第二终端设备代第一终端设备向网络设备请求其希望进入的目标状态,有利于减少第一终端设备进入目标状态的时延,网络设备指示第一终端设备进入其希望的目标状态,能够避免第二终端设备进入非连接态对第一终端设备的业务造成影响。并且通过在第二终端设备发送至网络设备的UE辅助信息中携带第一请求信息和第二请求信息,第二终端设备无需等待第一终端设备进入目标状态后再请求进入目标状态,有助于提升终端设备的状态处理效率。In this embodiment of the present application, when the second terminal device needs to enter the non-connected state, the second terminal device requests the network device for the target state it wants to enter on behalf of the first terminal device, which is beneficial to reduce the time when the first terminal device enters the target state. Delay, the network device instructs the first terminal device to enter its desired target state, which can prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state from affecting the services of the first terminal device. And by carrying the first request information and the second request information in the UE auxiliary information sent by the second terminal device to the network device, the second terminal device does not need to wait for the first terminal device to enter the target state before requesting to enter the target state, which is helpful for Improve the status processing efficiency of terminal devices.
针对前述处理第一终端设备的状态的第二种方式,第二终端设备首先向网络设备发起进入非连接态的请求,由网络设备确定第一终端设备的目标状态并对其进行指示。在一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端设备可进入网络设备希望第一终端设备进入的目标状态。在另一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端设备也可不进入网络设备希望第一终端设备进入的目标状态,而是再向网络设备请求其自身希望进入的目标状态。For the aforementioned second method of processing the state of the first terminal device, the second terminal device first initiates a request to the network device to enter the disconnected state, and the network device determines and instructs the target state of the first terminal device. In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal device may enter a target state that the network device expects the first terminal device to enter. In another optional implementation manner, the first terminal device may not enter the target state that the network device expects the first terminal device to enter, but may request the network device to enter the target state that it wants to enter.
参照图5a和图5b,以网络设备希望第一终端设备保持连接态,第一终端设备也希望保持连接态为例,本申请实施例提供第四种终端状态的指示方法,该方法如下所述。5a and 5b, taking the network device wishing the first terminal device to remain in the connected state, and the first terminal device also wishing to remain in the connected state as an example, the embodiment of the present application provides a fourth terminal state indication method, which is as follows .
S501,第二终端设备向网络设备发送第二请求信息,第二请求信息用于请求第二终端设备的目标状态,该目标状态为非连接或者非连接态中的空闲态或去激活态。S501 , the second terminal device sends second request information to the network device, where the second request information is used to request a target state of the second terminal device, and the target state is a disconnected state or an idle state or a deactivated state in the disconnected state.
可选的,如图5a或图5b中所示,S501中第二终端设备可通过向网络设备发送携带第二请求信息的UE辅助信息(UE Assistance information),以实现将第二请求信息发送至网络设备。当然,该第二终端设备发送的UE辅助信息也可以是其它消息,只要其携带第二请求信息即可,对此不进行限制。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 5a or FIG. 5b, in S501, the second terminal device may send the second request information to the network device by sending UE assistance information (UE Assistance information) carrying the second request information to the network device. Internet equipment. Of course, the UE assistance information sent by the second terminal device may also be other messages, as long as it carries the second request information, which is not limited.
此外,有关第二请求信息的实施方式,可参照S306中的实施方式执行,在此不再进行赘述。In addition, the implementation manner of the second request information may be implemented with reference to the implementation manner in S306, and details are not described herein again.
S502,网络设备基于第二请求信息确定第二终端设备需要进入非连接态,网络设备通过第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送测量配置;其中,第一终端设备处于连接态且第一终端设备通过第二终端设备与网络设备通信。S502, the network device determines based on the second request information that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state, and the network device sends a measurement configuration to the first terminal device through the second terminal device; wherein, the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device Communicate with the network device through the second terminal device.
其中,测量配置用于指示第一终端设备测量第一终端设备的服务小区的小区信息和服务小区的邻小区的小区信息。测量配置中携带服务小区以及邻小区的标识信息,该标识信息包括小区标识(cell identifier)、频点。测量配置中还携带测量事件,测量事件用于指示第一终端设备向网络设备进行测量报告的设定条件。可选的,测量事件包括:The measurement configuration is used to instruct the first terminal device to measure cell information of the serving cell of the first terminal device and cell information of neighboring cells of the serving cell. The measurement configuration carries identification information of the serving cell and neighboring cells, and the identification information includes a cell identifier (cell identifier) and a frequency point. The measurement configuration also carries a measurement event, where the measurement event is used to indicate a setting condition for the first terminal device to perform a measurement report to the network device. Optionally, measurement events include:
event A1:服务小区的信号强度高于预设信号强度阈值时,进行测量报告。event A1: When the signal strength of the serving cell is higher than the preset signal strength threshold, a measurement report is made.
event A2:服务小区的信号强度低于预设信号强度阈值时,进行测量报告。event A2: When the signal strength of the serving cell is lower than the preset signal strength threshold, a measurement report is performed.
event A3:邻小区比主服务小区的信号强度高于预设信号强度差的阈值时,进行测量报告。event A3: When the signal strength of the neighbor cell is higher than the preset signal strength difference threshold than the primary serving cell, a measurement report is made.
event A4:邻小区的信号强度高于预设的信号强度阈值时,进行测量报告。event A4: When the signal strength of the neighboring cell is higher than the preset signal strength threshold, a measurement report is made.
event A5:服务小区的信号强度低于预配置的信号强度阈值1,并且邻小区的信号强度高于预配置的信号强度阈值2时,进行测量报告。event A5: When the signal strength of the serving cell is lower than the preconfigured signal strength threshold 1, and the signal strength of the neighboring cell is higher than the preconfigured signal strength threshold 2, a measurement report is performed.
event A6:邻小区比辅服务小区的信号强度高于预设信号强度差的阈值时,进行测量报告。event A6: When the signal strength of the neighboring cell is higher than the preset signal strength difference threshold than the secondary serving cell, a measurement report is performed.
event A7:如果第一终端设备希望保持连接态,则读取第一终端设备的服务小区的邻区信息后进行测量报告;否则,第一终端设备向网络设备发送用于请求进入非连接态的信息。event A7: If the first terminal device wishes to remain in the connected state, it reads the neighbor information of the serving cell of the first terminal device and performs a measurement report; otherwise, the first terminal device sends a request for entering the disconnected state to the network device. information.
S503,第一终端设备确定第一终端设备的目标状态为连接态,通过第二终端设备向网络设备发送测量配置的测量报告。S503, the first terminal device determines that the target state of the first terminal device is a connected state, and sends a measurement report of the measurement configuration to the network device through the second terminal device.
其中,第一终端设备发送测量报告的原因可以是第一终端设备有待发送的数据而需要保持连接态,也可以是第一终端设备对于网络设备希望第一终端设备保持连接态的响应,而确定保持在连接态。The reason for sending the measurement report by the first terminal device may be that the first terminal device has data to be sent and needs to remain in the connected state, or the first terminal device may determine that the first terminal device responds to the network device's request that the first terminal device remains in the connected state. remain connected.
可选的,测量报告包括邻小区的标识以及邻小区的信号强度。网络设备在接收到测量报告后,根据测量报告确定可为第一终端设备提供服务的信号强度最强的邻小区,并根据该信号强度最强的邻小区的标识确定其所属的网络设备,将信号强度最强的邻小区所属的网络设备而确定为可与第一终端设备直接通信的目标网络设备而直接通信的目标网络设备。Optionally, the measurement report includes the identifier of the neighbor cell and the signal strength of the neighbor cell. After receiving the measurement report, the network device determines, according to the measurement report, a neighboring cell with the strongest signal strength that can provide services for the first terminal device, and determines the network device to which it belongs according to the identifier of the neighboring cell with the strongest signal strength, and sets the The network device to which the neighboring cell with the strongest signal strength belongs is determined as the target network device that can directly communicate with the first terminal device, and the target network device that can directly communicate with the first terminal device.
一种情况中:信号强度最强的邻小区为网络设备自身下的小区,则网络设备确定自身为目标网络设备,在S503之后执行如下S504a、S505a。即具体参照图5a,该情况执行的步骤包括S501~S503,以及S504a、S505a。In one case: the neighboring cell with the strongest signal strength is the cell under the network device itself, then the network device determines itself as the target network device, and executes the following S504a and S505a after S503. That is, referring specifically to FIG. 5a, the steps executed in this case include S501-S503, as well as S504a and S505a.
S504a,网络设备通过第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送连接重配置消息,连接重配置消息包括网络设备的配置信息,该配置信息包括网络设备的标识、网络设备为第一终端设备分配的无线资源。则第一终端设备根据连接重配置消息,建立到网络设备的直接连接。S504a, the network device sends a connection reconfiguration message to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, where the connection reconfiguration message includes configuration information of the network device, where the configuration information includes an identifier of the network device, a wireless network device allocated by the network device to the first terminal device resource. Then the first terminal device establishes a direct connection to the network device according to the connection reconfiguration message.
S505a,网络设备向第二终端设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第二终端设备的目标状态(例如:空闲态、去激活态中的一种)。S505a: The network device sends second indication information to the second terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate a target state (for example, one of an idle state and a deactivated state) of the second terminal device.
可选的,如图5a的S505a所示,网络设备可通过向第二终端设备发送携带第二指示信息的连接释放消息,以实现将第二指示信息发送至第二终端设备。当然,该第网络设备发送给第二终端设备的连接释放消息也可以是其它消息,只要其携带第二指示信息即可,对此不进行限制。Optionally, as shown in S505a of FIG. 5a, the network device may send the second indication information to the second terminal device by sending a connection release message carrying the second indication information to the second terminal device. Of course, the connection release message sent by the first network device to the second terminal device may also be other messages, as long as it carries the second indication information, which is not limited.
此外,有关第二指示信息的实施方式,可参照S307中的实施方式执行,在此不再进行赘述。In addition, the implementation of the second indication information may be performed with reference to the implementation in S307, and details are not described herein again.
另一种情况中:信号强度最强的邻小区不为网络设备自身下的小区,则网络设备确定自身不为目标网络设备,在S503之后执行如下S504b、S505b以及S507~S510。即具体参照图5b,该情况执行的步骤包括S501~S503、S504b、S505b以及S507~S510。In another case: the neighboring cell with the strongest signal strength is not a cell under the network device itself, then the network device determines that it is not the target network device, and executes the following S504b, S505b, and S507-S510 after S503. Specifically, referring to FIG. 5b, the steps executed in this case include S501-S503, S504b, S505b, and S507-S510.
S504b,网络设备向目标网络设备发起切换请求(handover request),切换请求用于请求目标网络设备为第一终端设备进行资源配置。S504b, the network device initiates a handover request (handover request) to the target network device, where the handover request is used to request the target network device to configure resources for the first terminal device.
S505b,网络设备接收来自目标网络设备的切换请求确认(handover request acknowledge),切换请求确认用于指示目标网络设备为第一终端设备进行资源配置,即将第一终端设备接入目标网络设备。切换请求确认中携带目标网络设备为第一终端设备分配的无线资源。S505b, the network device receives a handover request acknowledgement (handover request acknowledgement) from the target network device, and the handover request acknowledgement is used to instruct the target network device to perform resource configuration for the first terminal device, that is, to access the first terminal device to the target network device. The handover request confirmation carries the radio resources allocated by the target network device to the first terminal device.
S506,网络设备通过第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送连接重配置消息,连接重配置消息包括目标网络设备的配置信息,该配置信息包括目标网络设备的标识、目标网络设备为第一终端设备分配的无线资源。则第一终端设备根据连接重配置消息,建立到目标网络设备的直接连接。S506, the network device sends a connection reconfiguration message to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, where the connection reconfiguration message includes configuration information of the target network device, where the configuration information includes the identifier of the target network device, and the target network device is the first terminal device allocated radio resources. Then, the first terminal device establishes a direct connection to the target network device according to the connection reconfiguration message.
S507,网络设备向第二终端设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第二终端设备的目标状态(例如:空闲态或去激活态)。S507: The network device sends second indication information to the second terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate a target state (for example, an idle state or a deactivated state) of the second terminal device.
可选的,如图5b的S507所示,网络设备可通过向第二终端设备发送携带第二指示信息的连接释放消息,以实现将第二指示信息发送至第二终端设备。当然,该第网络设备发送给第二终端设备的连接释放消息也可以是其它消息,只要其携带第二指示信息即可,对此不进行限制。Optionally, as shown in S507 of FIG. 5b, the network device may send the second indication information to the second terminal device by sending a connection release message carrying the second indication information to the second terminal device. Of course, the connection release message sent by the first network device to the second terminal device may also be other messages, as long as it carries the second indication information, which is not limited.
此外,有关第二指示信息的实施方式,可参照S307中的实施方式执行,在此不再进行赘述。In addition, the implementation of the second indication information may be performed with reference to the implementation in S307, and details are not described herein again.
S508,第一终端设备根据接收到的连接重配置消息建立到目标网络设备的直接连接,向目标网络设备发送连接重配置完成消息,如RRC connection reconfiguration complete。S508, the first terminal device establishes a direct connection to the target network device according to the received connection reconfiguration message, and sends a connection reconfiguration complete message, such as RRC connection reconfiguration complete, to the target network device.
S509,目标网络设备向核心网中AMF网元发送路径切换请求(PATH SWITCH REQUEST),路径切换请求用于请求将第一终端设备的数据传输隧道从网络设备切换到目标网络设备。S509, the target network device sends a path switch request (PATH SWITCH REQUEST) to the AMF network element in the core network, where the path switch request is used to request to switch the data transmission tunnel of the first terminal device from the network device to the target network device.
S510,AMF向UPF请求第一终端设备的数据传输隧道的信息,例如端口号和IP地址;AMF基于第一终端设备的数据传输隧道的信息完成路径切换,AMF向目标网络设备发送路径切换请求响应(PATH SWITCH REQUEST RESPONSE),该路径切换请求响应用于指 示第一终端设备的数据传输隧道从网络设备切换到目标网络设备。S510, the AMF requests the UPF for information of the data transmission tunnel of the first terminal device, such as the port number and IP address; the AMF completes the path switch based on the information of the data transmission tunnel of the first terminal device, and the AMF sends a path switch request response to the target network device (PATH SWITCH REQUEST RESPONSE), the path switch request response is used to instruct the data transmission tunnel of the first terminal device to be switched from the network device to the target network device.
本申请实施例中,网络设备在确定第二终端设备需要进入非连接态时,希望第一终端设备保持连接态,则向第一终端设备发送测量配置。第一终端设备确定自身需要保持连接态,通过第二终端设备向网络设备发送测量配置的测量报告,进而网络设备根据测量报告确定可与第一终端设备直接连接的目标网络设备,完成连接所需终端网络侧的相关配置,能够避免第二终端设备进入非连接态对第一终端设备需要传输数据等业务造成影响。In the embodiment of the present application, when the network device determines that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state and wants the first terminal device to remain in the connected state, the network device sends the measurement configuration to the first terminal device. The first terminal device determines that it needs to maintain a connection state, and sends a measurement report of the measurement configuration to the network device through the second terminal device, and then the network device determines a target network device that can be directly connected to the first terminal device according to the measurement report, and completes the connection required. The relevant configuration on the network side of the terminal can prevent the second terminal device from entering a disconnected state from affecting services such as data transmission required by the first terminal device.
以网络设备希望第一终端设备保持连接态,但第一终端设备不希望保持连接态为例,如图6所示,本申请实施例提供第五种终端状态的指示方法,该方法如下所述。Taking the example that the network device wants the first terminal device to keep the connection state, but the first terminal device does not want to keep the connection state, as shown in FIG. 6 , the embodiment of the present application provides a fifth terminal state indication method, which is as follows .
S601,第二终端设备向网络设备发送第二请求信息,第二请求信息用于请求第二终端设备的目标状态,该目标状态为非连接或者非连接态中的空闲态或者非连接态中的去激活态。S601, the second terminal device sends second request information to the network device, where the second request information is used to request a target state of the second terminal device, and the target state is a disconnected or idle state in a disconnected state or an idle state in a disconnected state deactivated state.
可选的,如图6的S601所示,第二终端设备可通过向网络设备发送携带第二请求信息的UE辅助信息(UE Assistance information),以实现将第二请求信息发送至网络设备。当然,该第二终端设备发送的UE辅助信息也可以是其它消息,只要其携带第二请求信息即可,对此不进行限制。Optionally, as shown in S601 in FIG. 6 , the second terminal device may send the second request information to the network device by sending UE assistance information (UE Assistance information) carrying the second request information to the network device. Of course, the UE assistance information sent by the second terminal device may also be other messages, as long as it carries the second request information, which is not limited.
此外,有关第二请求信息的实施方式,可参照S306中的实施方式执行,在此不再进行赘述。In addition, the implementation manner of the second request information may be implemented with reference to the implementation manner in S306, and details are not described herein again.
S602,网络设备基于第二请求信息确定第二终端设备需要进入非连接态,网络设备通过第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送测量配置;其中,第一终端设备处于连接态且第一终端设备通过第二终端设备与网络设备通信。S602, the network device determines based on the second request information that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state, and the network device sends a measurement configuration to the first terminal device through the second terminal device; wherein, the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device Communicate with the network device through the second terminal device.
具体实施方式可参照S502实施,在此不再进行赘述。The specific implementation manner may be implemented with reference to S502, which will not be repeated here.
S603,第一终端设备确定没有待发送数据,通过第二终端设备向网络设备请求第一终端设备的目标状态,该目标状态可以是非连接态、也可以具体是非连接态中的空闲态或是非连接态中的去激活态。S603, the first terminal device determines that there is no data to be sent, and requests the network device through the second terminal device for a target state of the first terminal device, the target state may be a disconnected state, or specifically an idle state in a disconnected state or a disconnected state deactivated state.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端设备可通过第二终端设备向网络设备发送第一请求信息,该第一请求信息用于请求第一终端设备的目标状态,第一请求信息所请求的目标状态可以是非连接态,也可以是非连接态中的空闲态或者也可以是非连接态中的去激活态;其中,第一请求信息中包含用于指示第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态,例如:希望进入的目标状态的状态标识,该状态标识例如为非连接态、空闲态、去激活态中一种状态的状态标识。In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal device may send first request information to the network device through the second terminal device, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device, and the first request information requests The target state of the device can be a disconnected state, an idle state in a disconnected state, or a deactivated state in a disconnected state; wherein, the first request information contains a target state used to indicate that the first terminal device wishes to enter, For example: the state identifier of the target state to be entered, the state identifier is, for example, a state identifier of a state in a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state.
另一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端设备可向第二终端设备发送第二消息,第二消息用于指示第一终端设备确认第二终端设备需要进入非连接态。其中,第二消息中携带第一终端希望进入的目标状态(例如:非连接态、空闲态、去激活态中的一种)。第二终端设备根据第二消息,向网络设备发送第一请求信息,第一请求信息中包含用于指示第一终端设备希望进入非连接态、空闲态、去激活态中的一种状态的状态标识。In another optional implementation manner, the first terminal device may send a second message to the second terminal device, where the second message is used to instruct the first terminal device to confirm that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state. Wherein, the second message carries the target state that the first terminal wishes to enter (for example, one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state). The second terminal device sends first request information to the network device according to the second message, where the first request information includes a state used to indicate that the first terminal device wishes to enter one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state logo.
具体的,可参照前述S203下的两种可选的实施方式执行,对此不再进行赘述。Specifically, the implementation may be performed with reference to the two optional implementation manners in the foregoing S203, which will not be repeated here.
S604,网络设备通过第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送连接释放消息,第一终端设备接收的连接释放消息中携带第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态,该目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种。S604, the network device sends a connection release message to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, the connection release message received by the first terminal device carries first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, The target state is one of an idle state and a deactivated state.
具体的,可参照S304中的实施方式执行,对此不再进行赘述。另外,需要说明的是,S604中网设备发送给第一终端设备的连接释放消息也可以是其它消息,只要其携带第一指示信息即可,对此不进行限制。Specifically, the implementation may be performed with reference to the implementation manner in S304, which will not be repeated here. In addition, it should be noted that the connection release message sent by the network device in S604 to the first terminal device may also be other messages, as long as it carries the first indication information, which is not limited.
S605,网络设备向第二终端设备发送连接释放消息,第二终端设备接收的连接释放消息中携带第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第二终端设备的目标状态,该目标状态为空闲态或去激活态。S605, the network device sends a connection release message to the second terminal device, the connection release message received by the second terminal device carries second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate a target state of the second terminal device, and the target state is idle state or deactivated state.
具体的,有关第二指示信息的实施方式,可参照S307中的实施方式执行,在此不再进行赘述。另外,需要说明的是,S605中网设备发送给第二终端设备的连接释放消息也可以是其它消息,只要其携带第二指示信息即可,对此不进行限制。Specifically, the implementation manner of the second indication information may be performed with reference to the implementation manner in S307, and details are not described herein again. In addition, it should be noted that the connection release message sent by the network device in S605 to the second terminal device may also be other messages, as long as it carries the second indication information, which is not limited.
此外,可选的,网络设备确定第一终端设备进入目标状态,然后向第二终端设备发送第二指示信息。具体的,网络设备确定第一终端设备进入目标状态的方式可包括如下流程:(1)第一终端设备在基于接收到S703a中所述的连接释放消息,由连接态转为去激活态或者空闲态后,通知第二终端设备其已进入目标状态,具体通知的方式可以是第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送前述离开响应,在此不进行限制。(2)第二终端设备通知网络设备第一终端设备已进入目标状态,具体通知的方式可以是第二终端设备将第一终端设备发送的离开响应发送给网络设备,在此不进行限制。(3)网络设备根据第二终端设备的通知,确定第一终端设备进入目标状态。In addition, optionally, the network device determines that the first terminal device enters the target state, and then sends the second indication information to the second terminal device. Specifically, the manner in which the network device determines that the first terminal device enters the target state may include the following process: (1) The first terminal device changes from the connected state to the deactivated state or idle state based on receiving the connection release message described in S703a After the state has entered the target state, the second terminal device is notified that it has entered the target state. The specific notification method may be that the first terminal device sends the foregoing leave response to the second terminal device, which is not limited here. (2) The second terminal device notifies the network device that the first terminal device has entered the target state. The specific notification method may be that the second terminal device sends the leaving response sent by the first terminal device to the network device, which is not limited here. (3) The network device determines that the first terminal device enters the target state according to the notification from the second terminal device.
本申请实施例中,网络设备在确定第二终端设备需要进入非连接态时,希望第一终端设备保持连接态,则向第一终端设备发送测量配置。第一终端设备确定自身可进入非连接态,通过第二终端设备向网络设备请求第一终端设备的目标状态属于非连接态(例如:非连接态、空闲态或者去激活态),网络设备再指示第一终端设备进入空闲态或者去激活态,能够避免第二终端设备进入非连接态对第一终端设备的业务造成影响。In the embodiment of the present application, when the network device determines that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state and wants the first terminal device to remain in the connected state, the network device sends the measurement configuration to the first terminal device. The first terminal device determines that it can enter the disconnected state, and requests the network device through the second terminal device that the target state of the first terminal device belongs to the disconnected state (for example: disconnected state, idle state, or deactivated state), and the network device then Instructing the first terminal device to enter the idle state or the deactivated state can prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state from affecting the services of the first terminal device.
参照图7a和图7b,以网络设备希望第一终端设备进入非连接态为例,本申请实施例提供第七种终端状态的指示方法,该方法如下所述。Referring to FIG. 7a and FIG. 7b , taking the network device wishing the first terminal device to enter the disconnected state as an example, an embodiment of the present application provides a seventh terminal state indication method, which is as follows.
S701,第二终端设备向网络设备发送第二请求信息,第二请求信息用于请求第二终端设备的目标状态,该目标状态为非连接或者非连接态中的空闲态或者非连接态中的去激活态。S701, the second terminal device sends second request information to the network device, where the second request information is used to request a target state of the second terminal device, and the target state is a disconnected or idle state in a disconnected state or an idle state in a disconnected state deactivated state.
可选的,如图7a或图7b的S701所示:第二终端设备可通过向网络设备发送携带第二请求信息的UE辅助信息(UE Assistance information),以实现将第二请求信息发送至网络设备。当然,该第二终端设备发送的UE辅助信息也可以是其它消息,只要其携带第二请求信息即可,对此不进行限制。Optionally, as shown in Figure 7a or S701 of Figure 7b: the second terminal device may send the second request information to the network by sending the UE assistance information (UE Assistance information) carrying the second request information to the network device. equipment. Of course, the UE assistance information sent by the second terminal device may also be other messages, as long as it carries the second request information, which is not limited.
此外,有关第二请求信息的实施方式,可参照S306中的实施方式执行,在此不再进行赘述。In addition, the implementation manner of the second request information may be implemented with reference to the implementation manner in S306, and details are not described herein again.
S702,网络设备配置第一终端设备的目标状态,该目标状态可以为非连接态中的空闲态或者去激活态。S702, the network device configures a target state of the first terminal device, and the target state may be an idle state or a deactivated state in a disconnected state.
可选的,网络设备确定第一终端设备处于连接态且第一终端设备通过第二终端设备与网络设备通信,然后配置第一终端设备的目标状态。Optionally, the network device determines that the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with the network device through the second terminal device, and then configures the target state of the first terminal device.
具体实施时,网络设备可根据预配置的第一终端设备的目标状态和/或第二请求信息,确定将第一终端设备的目标状态置为空闲态还是去激活态。During specific implementation, the network device may determine whether to set the target state of the first terminal device to the idle state or the deactivated state according to the preconfigured target state of the first terminal device and/or the second request information.
示例性的,若第二请求信息请求第二终端设备的目标状态为非连接态,即未指明空闲态还是去激活态,网络设备看根据预配置的第一终端设备的目标状态或者是随机将第一终端设备的目标状态置为空闲态、去激活态中的一种。Exemplarily, if the second request information requests that the target state of the second terminal device be in the disconnected state, that is, the idle state or the deactivated state is not specified, the network device will check whether the target state of the first terminal device is preconfigured or randomly The target state of the first terminal device is set to one of an idle state and a deactivated state.
示例性的,若第二请求信息请求第二终端设备的目标状态为非连接态中的空闲态或去激活态,则网络设备可将第一终端设备的目标状态置为与第二请求信息所请求第二终端设备的目标状态相同的状态。Exemplarily, if the second request information requests the target state of the second terminal device to be the idle state or the deactivated state in the disconnected state, the network device may set the target state of the first terminal device to be the same as the second request information. Request the same state as the target state of the second terminal device.
一种可选的实施方式中,在S702之后执行如下步骤S703a~S704a,即具体参照图7a,该可选的实施方式中包括步骤S701~S702,以及S703a~S704a。In an optional implementation manner, the following steps S703a-S704a are performed after S702, that is, referring to FIG. 7a in detail, the optional implementation manner includes steps S701-S702, and S703a-S704a.
S703a,网络设备通过第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态(例如空闲态或去激活态),该第一指示信息所指示的目标状态可以与S702中网络设备配置的第一终端设备的目标状态相同。S703a, the network device sends first indication information to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the target state (eg idle state or deactivated state) of the first terminal device, and the first indication information The indicated target state may be the same as the target state of the first terminal device configured by the network device in S702.
可选的,如图7a中S703a所示:网络设备可通过第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送携带第一指示信息的连接释放消息,以实现将第一指示信息发送给第一终端设备。当然,该第网络设备发送给第一终端设备的连接释放消息也可以是其它消息,只要其携带第一指示信息即可,对此不进行限制。Optionally, as shown in S703a in Figure 7a, the network device may send a connection release message carrying the first indication information to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, so as to send the first indication information to the first terminal device. Of course, the connection release message sent by the first network device to the first terminal device may also be other messages, as long as it carries the first indication information, which is not limited.
此外,有关第一指示信息的实施方式,可参照S304中的实施方式执行,在此不再进行赘述。In addition, the implementation of the first indication information may be performed with reference to the implementation in S304, and details are not described herein again.
S704a,网络设备向第二终端设备发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示第二终端设备的目标状态,该目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种。S704a, the network device sends second indication information to the second terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate a target state of the second terminal device, and the target state is one of an idle state and a deactivated state.
可选的,如图7a的S704a所示,网络设备可通过向第二终端设备发送携带第二指示信息的连接释放消息,以实现将第二指示信息发送至第二终端设备。当然,该第网络设备发送给第二终端设备的连接释放消息也可以是其它消息,只要其携带第二指示信息即可,对此不进行限制。Optionally, as shown in S704a of FIG. 7a, the network device may send the second indication information to the second terminal device by sending a connection release message carrying the second indication information to the second terminal device. Of course, the connection release message sent by the first network device to the second terminal device may also be other messages, as long as it carries the second indication information, which is not limited.
此外,有关第二指示信息的实施方式,可参照S307和S605中的实施方式执行,在此不再进行赘述。In addition, the implementation manner of the second indication information may be performed with reference to the implementation manners in S307 and S605, and details are not described herein again.
另一种可选的实施方式中,在S702之后执行如下步骤S703b、S704b以及S705~S706。即具体参照图7b,该另一种可选的实施方式包括步骤S701~S702、S703b、S704b以及S705~S706。In another optional implementation manner, the following steps S703b, S704b, and S705-S706 are performed after S702. That is, referring specifically to FIG. 7b , the alternative embodiment includes steps S701-S702, S703b, S704b, and S705-S706.
S703b,网络设备向第二终端设备发送连接释放消息,该连接释放消息中携带第一指示信息和第二指示信息。S703b, the network device sends a connection release message to the second terminal device, where the connection release message carries the first indication information and the second indication information.
其中,第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态(例如:空闲态或去激活态),该目标状态与S702中网络设备配置的第一终端设备的目标状态相同。The first indication information is used to indicate the target state (eg: idle state or deactivated state) of the first terminal device, and the target state is the same as the target state of the first terminal device configured by the network device in S702.
第二指示信息用于指示第二终端设备的目标状态,该第二终端设备的目标状态为空闲态或者去激活态。可选的,第二指示信息为网络设备对第二终端设备发送第二请求信息所作的响应,该第二指示信息所指示的目标状态可以是由网络设备自行确定或者是当第二请求信息所请求的目标状态具体为非连接态中的去激活态或者空闲态时,网络设备确定第二指示信息所指示的目标状态与第二请求信息所请求的目标状态保持一致。The second indication information is used to indicate a target state of the second terminal device, and the target state of the second terminal device is an idle state or a deactivated state. Optionally, the second indication information is a response made by the network device to the second terminal device sending the second request information, and the target state indicated by the second indication information may be determined by the network device itself or when the second request information is indicated. When the requested target state is specifically the deactivated state or the idle state in the disconnected state, the network device determines that the target state indicated by the second indication information is consistent with the target state requested by the second request information.
具体实施时,网设备发送给第二终端设备的连接释放消息可以采用RRC Connection Release消息来实现。示例性的,第一指示信息可以是网络设备发送给第二终端设备的RRC Connection Release消息中新增定义的ReleaseForOtherUE;其中,如果ReleaseForOtherUE 内包含有上下文信息,则表示其所指示的第一终端设备的目标状态为去激活态;如果ReleaseForOtherUE内未包含有上下文信息,则表示其所指示的第一终端设备的目标状态为去激活态。当然,“ReleaseForOtherUE”仅作为一种字段名称的示意,也可以在网络设备发送给第二终端设备的RRC Connection Release消息中设定其它字段名称来指示第一指示信息,本申请实施例并不对此进行限制。During specific implementation, the connection release message sent by the network device to the second terminal device may be implemented by using an RRC Connection Release message. Exemplarily, the first indication information may be the newly defined ReleaseForOtherUE in the RRC Connection Release message sent by the network device to the second terminal device; wherein, if ReleaseForOtherUE contains context information, it indicates that the first terminal device indicated by it The target state is deactivated state; if the context information is not included in ReleaseForOtherUE, it means that the target state of the first terminal device indicated by it is deactivated state. Of course, "ReleaseForOtherUE" is only used as an indication of a field name, and other field names can also be set in the RRC Connection Release message sent by the network device to the second terminal device to indicate the first indication information, which is not the case in this embodiment of the present application. limit.
示例性的,第二指示信息可以是网络设备发送给第二终端设备的RRC Connection Release消息中的SuspendConfig;其中,如果SuspendConfig内包含有上下文信息,则表示其所指示的第二终端设备的目标状态为去激活态;如果SuspendConfig内未包含有上下文信息,则表示其所指示的第二终端设备的目标状态为去激活态。Exemplarily, the second indication information may be SuspendConfig in the RRC Connection Release message sent by the network device to the second terminal device; wherein, if the SuspendConfig contains context information, it indicates the target state of the second terminal device indicated by it. In the deactivated state; if the context information is not included in the SuspendConfig, it indicates that the target state of the second terminal device indicated by the SuspendConfig is in the deactivated state.
另外,需要说明的是,S703b中第网络设备发送给第二终端设备的连接释放消息也可以是其它消息,只要其携带第一指示信息和第二指示信息即可,对此不进行限制。In addition, it should be noted that the connection release message sent by the first network device to the second terminal device in S703b may also be other messages, as long as it carries the first indication information and the second indication information, which is not limited.
S704b,第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送第一消息,第一消息用于指示第二终端设备需要进入非连接态。该第一消息可以是离开请求,第一终端设备在接收到第二设备的离开请求可确定终端设备需要进入非连接态,或称,第二终端设备即将离开。S704b, the second terminal device sends a first message to the first terminal device, where the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state. The first message may be a leave request. After receiving the leave request from the second device, the first terminal device may determine that the terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state, or the second terminal device is about to leave.
其中,第一消息中携带用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态的信息。具体实施时,第一消息中可携带S703b中连接释放消息的第一指示信息;或者,第一消息中可携带第一终端设备的目标状态,该第一终端设备的目标状态与S703b中连接释放消息的第一指示信息所指示的第一终端设备的目标状态相同。示例性的,如图7b中S704b示意出了第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送离开请求,该离开请求中携带第一指示信息。The first message carries information used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device. During specific implementation, the first message may carry the first indication information of the connection release message in S703b; or, the first message may carry the target state of the first terminal device, and the target state of the first terminal device is the same as the connection release in S703b. The target states of the first terminal equipment indicated by the first indication information of the message are the same. Exemplarily, as shown in S704b in FIG. 7b, the second terminal device sends a leave request to the first terminal device, and the leave request carries the first indication information.
S705,第一终端设备由连接态转为第一指示信息所指示的目标状态。具体的,如果第一指示信息中包含上下文信息,表明第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态为去激活态,则第一终端设备基于第一指示信息中包含的上下文信息由连接态转为去激活态;如果第一指示信息中未包含上下文信息,表明第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态为空闲态,则第一终端设备基于第一指示信息由连接态转为空闲态。S705, the first terminal device changes from the connection state to the target state indicated by the first indication information. Specifically, if the first indication information includes context information, indicating that the first indication information is used to indicate that the target state of the first terminal device is the deactivated state, then the first terminal device is connected by the connection based on the context information contained in the first indication information. If the first indication information does not contain context information, it indicates that the first indication information is used to indicate that the target state of the first terminal device is the idle state, then the first terminal device changes from the connected state based on the first indication information to the idle state. to idle state.
S706,第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第二消息,第二消息用于指示第一终端设备确认第二终端设备需要进入非连接态,第二消息还用于指示第一终端设备进入目标状态。可选的,如图7b中S706所示,第二消息可以是离开响应。S706, the first terminal device sends a second message to the second terminal device, the second message is used to instruct the first terminal device to confirm that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state, and the second message is also used to instruct the first terminal device to enter the target state. Optionally, as shown in S706 in Fig. 7b, the second message may be a leave response.
本申请实施例中,网络设备在确定第二终端设备需要进入非连接态时,分别将第一终端设备和第二终端设备置为空闲态或者是去激活态,并通过第二终端设备对第一终端设备进行指示,令第一终端设备按照网络设备的指示配置自身的目标状态,能够避免第二终端设备进入非连接态对第一终端设备的业务造成影响,且提升对于第一终端设备状态的处理效率。In this embodiment of the present application, when the network device determines that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state, the network device sets the first terminal device and the second terminal device to an idle state or a deactivated state, respectively, and sends the second terminal device to the second terminal device. A terminal device instructs the first terminal device to configure its own target state according to the instructions of the network device, which can prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state from affecting the services of the first terminal device, and improve the state of the first terminal device. processing efficiency.
基于同一构思,参见图8,本申请实施例提供了一种终端设备的状态指示装置800,该装置800包括通信模块801和处理模块802。该终端设备的状态指示装置800可以是第一终端设备,也可以是应用于第一终端设备,能够支持第一终端设备执行终端设备的状态指示方法的装置,或者,该终端设备的状态指示装置800可以是第二终端设备,也可以是应用于第二终端设备,能够支持第二终端设备执行终端设备的状态指示方法的装置,或者,该终端设备的状态指示装置800可以是网络设备,也可以是应用于网络设备,能够支持网络设备执行终端设备的状态指示方法的装置。Based on the same concept, referring to FIG. 8 , an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus 800 for indicating a state of a terminal device. The apparatus 800 includes a communication module 801 and a processing module 802 . The terminal equipment status indication apparatus 800 may be the first terminal equipment, or may be an apparatus applied to the first terminal equipment and capable of supporting the first terminal equipment to execute the terminal equipment status indication method, or the terminal equipment status indication apparatus 800 may be the second terminal device, or may be a device applied to the second terminal device and capable of supporting the second terminal device to execute the state indicating method of the terminal device, or the state indicating device 800 of the terminal device may be a network device, or It may be an apparatus applied to a network device and capable of supporting the network device to execute a state indication method of a terminal device.
以下对该装置800应用于第一终端设备的三种实施方式进行详细说明。Three embodiments in which the apparatus 800 is applied to the first terminal device will be described in detail below.
第一种实施方式:该装置800应用于第一终端设备,该第一终端设备处于连接态且第一终端设备通过第二终端设备与网络设备通信。该装置800包括:Embodiment 1: The apparatus 800 is applied to a first terminal device, where the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with a network device through the second terminal device. The apparatus 800 includes:
通信模块801,用于接收来自第二终端设备的第一消息,第一消息用于指示第二终端设备需要进入非连接态。The communication module 801 is configured to receive a first message from the second terminal device, where the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state.
通信模块801,还用于通过第二终端设备向网络设备发送第一请求信息,第一请求信息用于请求第一终端设备的目标状态;或者,向第二终端设备发送第二消息,第二消息用于指示第一终端设备确认第二终端设备需要进入非连接态,以使得第二终端设备向网络设备发送第一请求信息,第一请求信息用于请求第一终端设备的目标状态。The communication module 801 is further configured to send first request information to the network device through the second terminal device, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device; or, send a second message to the second terminal device, the second The message is used to instruct the first terminal device to confirm that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state, so that the second terminal device sends first request information to the network device, and the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device.
本申请实施例中,第二终端设备先将其需要进入非连接态的情况通知给第一终端设备,触发第一终端设备主动发起请求目标状态,网络设备基于第一终端设备的请求将目标状态指示给第一终端设备,能够避免第二终端设备进入非连接态对第一终端设备的业务造成影响。In the embodiment of the present application, the second terminal device first notifies the first terminal device that it needs to enter the disconnected state, triggering the first terminal device to actively initiate a request for the target state, and the network device sends the target state based on the request of the first terminal device Instructing the first terminal device can prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state from affecting the services of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,通信模块801,还用于:通过第二终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module 801 is further configured to: receive first indication information from the network device through the second terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,通信模块801,还用于:通过第二终端接收来自网络设备的连接释放消息,连接释放消息中携带第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态,第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module 801 is further configured to: receive a connection release message from the network device through the second terminal, the connection release message carries first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the first indication The target state of the terminal device, the target state indicated by the first indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state.
在一种可选的实施方式中,第一指示信息中包含上下文信息,第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为去激活态;或,第一指示信息中未包含上下文信息,第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态。In an optional implementation manner, the first indication information includes context information, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is a deactivated state; or, the first indication information does not include context information, and the first indication information contains The indicated target state is the idle state.
在一种可选的实施方式中,第一请求信息中包含用于指示第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态的信息;和/或,第二消息中包含用于指示第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态的信息。In an optional implementation manner, the first request information includes information used to indicate a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter; and/or, the second message includes information used to indicate that the first terminal device wishes to enter Information about the target state.
在一种可选的实施方式中,第一请求信息中包含原因值,原因值用于指示第二终端设备需要进入非连接态。能够在向网络设备请求第一终端的目标状态时,将第二终端设备需要进入非连接态的情况也通知到网络设备。In an optional implementation manner, the first request information includes a cause value, and the cause value is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state. When requesting the target state of the first terminal from the network device, the network device can also be notified that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state.
在一种可选的实施方式中,装置还包括:处理模块802,用于确定第一终端设备需要保持连接态;通信模块801,还用于通过第二终端设备向网络设备发送路径转换请求;通信模块801,还用于通过第二终端设备接收来自网络设备的连接重配置消息,连接重配置消息用于指示第一终端设备建立到目标网络设备的直接连接,连接重配置消息中包含目标网络设备的配置信息。In an optional implementation manner, the apparatus further includes: a processing module 802, configured to determine that the first terminal device needs to remain connected; a communication module 801, further configured to send a path switching request to the network device through the second terminal device; The communication module 801 is further configured to receive a connection reconfiguration message from the network device through the second terminal device, the connection reconfiguration message is used to instruct the first terminal device to establish a direct connection to the target network device, and the connection reconfiguration message includes the target network Device configuration information.
第二种实施方式:该装置800应用于第一终端设备,该第一终端设备处于连接态且第一终端设备通过第二终端设备与网络设备通信。该装置800包括:Second embodiment: the apparatus 800 is applied to a first terminal device, the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with a network device through the second terminal device. The apparatus 800 includes:
通信模块801,用于通过第二终端设备接收来自网络设备的测量配置;其中,测量配置为网络设备在确定第二终端设备需要进入非连接态时发送的;通信模块801,还用于通过第二终端设备向网络设备发送测量配置的测量报告或者第一请求信息,第一请求信息用于请求第一终端设备的目标状态。The communication module 801 is used to receive the measurement configuration from the network device through the second terminal device; wherein, the measurement configuration is sent by the network device when it is determined that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state; the communication module 801 is also used to pass the first terminal device. The second terminal device sends a measurement report of the measurement configuration or the first request information to the network device, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device.
本申请实施例中,网络设备在确定第二终端设备需要进入非连接态时,希望第一终端设备保持连接态,则向第一终端设备发送测量配置。第一终端设备可确定自身需要保持连接态,通过第二终端设备向网络设备发送测量配置的测量报告或者第一终端设备确定可以不保持在连接态,通过第二终端设备向网络设备发送第一请求信息。进而网络设备可基于 第一终端设备反馈回的测量报告或者第一请求信息指示第一终端设备的目标状态,能够避免第二终端设备进入非连接态对第一终端设备需要传输数据等业务造成影响。In the embodiment of the present application, when the network device determines that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state and wants the first terminal device to remain in the connected state, the network device sends the measurement configuration to the first terminal device. The first terminal device may determine that it needs to remain in the connected state, and sends a measurement report of the measurement configuration to the network device through the second terminal device, or the first terminal device determines that it may not remain in the connected state, and sends the first terminal device to the network device through the second terminal device. Request information. Furthermore, the network device can indicate the target state of the first terminal device based on the measurement report fed back by the first terminal device or the first request information, which can prevent the second terminal device from entering a disconnected state from affecting services such as data transmission required by the first terminal device. .
在一种可选的实施方式中,装置还包括处理模块802;若通信模块801,用于通过第二终端设备向网络设备发送测量配置的测量报告,通信模块801,还用于通过第二终端设备接收来自网络设备的连接重配置消息,连接重配置消息包括目标网络设备的配置信息;处理模块802,用于根据连接重配置消息,建立到目标网络设备的直接连接。In an optional implementation manner, the apparatus further includes a processing module 802; if the communication module 801 is configured to send a measurement report of the measurement configuration to the network device through the second terminal device, the communication module 801 is further configured to send a measurement report of the measurement configuration to the network device through the second terminal device The device receives a connection reconfiguration message from the network device, where the connection reconfiguration message includes configuration information of the target network device; the processing module 802 is configured to establish a direct connection to the target network device according to the connection reconfiguration message.
在一种可选的实施方式中,若通过第二终端设备向网络设备发送第一请求信息,方法还包括:通过第二终端设备接收来自网络设备的连接释放消息,连接释放消息中携带第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态,第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, if the first request information is sent to the network device through the second terminal device, the method further includes: receiving, through the second terminal device, a connection release message from the network device, where the connection release message carries the first request message. Indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state.
在一种可选的实施方式中,第一指示信息中包含上下文信息,第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为去激活态;或,第一指示信息中未包含上下文信息,第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态。In an optional implementation manner, the first indication information includes context information, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is a deactivated state; or, the first indication information does not include context information, and the first indication information contains The indicated target state is the idle state.
第三种实施方式:该装置800应用于第一终端设备,该第一终端设备处于连接态且第一终端设备通过第二终端设备与网络设备通信。该装置800包括:The third embodiment: the apparatus 800 is applied to a first terminal device, the first terminal device is in a connected state, and the first terminal device communicates with the network device through the second terminal device. The apparatus 800 includes:
通信模块801,用于获取由网络设备配置的第一终端设备的目标状态;其中,第一终端设备的目标状态是网络设备在确定第二终端设备需要进入非连接态时配置的;处理模块802,用于使第一终端设备进入由网络设备配置的第一终端设备的目标状态。The communication module 801 is used for acquiring the target state of the first terminal device configured by the network device; wherein, the target state of the first terminal device is configured by the network device when it determines that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state; the processing module 802 , which is used to make the first terminal device enter the target state of the first terminal device configured by the network device.
本申请实施例中,第一终端设备获取并进入网络设备在确定第二终端设备要进入非连接态所配置的第一终端设备的目标状态,避免第一终端设备无法继续通过第二终端与网络设备通信时,对第一终端设备的业务造成的影响。In the embodiment of the present application, the first terminal device obtains and enters the target state of the first terminal device configured by the network device when determining that the second terminal device is to enter the disconnected state, so as to prevent the first terminal device from being unable to continue to communicate with the network through the second terminal. The impact on the service of the first terminal device when the device communicates.
在一种可选的实施方式中,通信模块801,还用于:通过第二终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态,第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种;其中,第一指示信息是网络设备在接收到第二终端设备发送的第二请求信息时发送的,第二请求信息用于请求第二终端设备的目标状态,第二请求信息所请求的目标状态为非连接态、空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module 801 is further configured to: receive first indication information from the network device through the second terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, the first The target state indicated by the indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state; wherein, the first indication information is sent by the network device when it receives the second request information sent by the second terminal device, and the second request information is sent by the network device. For requesting the target state of the second terminal device, the target state requested by the second request information is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state.
在一种可选的实施方式中,通信模块801,还用于:接收第二终端设备发送的第一消息,第一消息中携带用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态的信息;其中,第一消息是第二终端设备接收到网络设备发送的连接释放消息时所发送的,连接释放消息中携带第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态;连接释放消息是网络设备在接收到第二终端设备发送的第二请求信息时发送的,第二请求信息用于请求第二终端设备的目标状态,第二请求信息所请求的目标状态为非连接态、空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module 801 is further configured to: receive a first message sent by the second terminal device, where the first message carries information used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device; wherein the first message A message is sent when the second terminal device receives the connection release message sent by the network device. The connection release message carries first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device; the connection release message is Sent by the network device when it receives the second request message sent by the second terminal device, the second request message is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request message is the disconnected state and the idle state , one of the deactivated states.
以下对该装置800应用于第二终端设备的实施方式进行详细说明。The following will describe in detail an embodiment in which the apparatus 800 is applied to the second terminal device.
该装置800应用于第二终端设备,第二终端设备用于建立处于连接态的第一终端设备与网络设备之间的通信,800装置包括:The apparatus 800 is applied to the second terminal equipment, and the second terminal equipment is used to establish communication between the first terminal equipment in the connected state and the network equipment, and the apparatus 800 includes:
通信模块801,用于向第一终端设备发送第一消息,第一消息用于指示第二终端设备需要进入非连接态。The communication module 801 is configured to send a first message to the first terminal device, where the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state.
通信模块801,还用于将来自第一终端设备的第一请求信息发送至网络设备,第一请求信息用于请求第一终端设备的目标状态;或者,接收第一终端设备发送的第二消息,第二消息用于指示第一终端设备确认第二终端设备需要进入非连接态,向网络设备发送第一 请求信息,第一请求信息用于请求第一终端设备的目标状态。The communication module 801 is further configured to send the first request information from the first terminal device to the network device, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device; or, receive the second message sent by the first terminal device , the second message is used to instruct the first terminal device to confirm that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state, and to send first request information to the network device, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device.
本申请实施例中,第二终端设备先将其需要进入非连接态的情况通知给第一终端设备,触发第一终端设备主动发起请求目标状态,网络设备基于第一终端设备的请求将目标状态指示给第一终端设备,能够避免第二终端设备进入非连接态对第一终端设备的业务造成影响。In the embodiment of the present application, the second terminal device first notifies the first terminal device that it needs to enter the disconnected state, triggering the first terminal device to actively initiate a request for the target state, and the network device sends the target state based on the request of the first terminal device Instructing the first terminal device can prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state from affecting the services of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,通信模块801,还用于将来自网络设备的第一指示信息发送至第一终端设备,第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态;其中,第一指示信息是网络设备在接收到第一请求信息后发送的。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module 801 is further configured to send first indication information from the network device to the first terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device; wherein, The first indication information is sent by the network device after receiving the first request information.
在一种可选的实施方式中,装置还包括处理模块802;通信模块801,还用于在处理模块802确定第一终端设备接收到第一指示信息时,向网络设备发送第二请求信息;或者,通信模块801,还用于接收第一终端设备发送的第二消息后,向网络设备发送第三消息,第三消息携带第一请求信息和第二请求信息,第二请求信息用于请求第二终端设备的目标状态,第二请求信息所请求的目标状态为非连接态、空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, the apparatus further includes a processing module 802; the communication module 801 is further configured to send the second request information to the network device when the processing module 802 determines that the first terminal device has received the first indication information; Alternatively, the communication module 801 is further configured to send a third message to the network device after receiving the second message sent by the first terminal device, where the third message carries the first request information and the second request information, and the second request information is used to request The target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state.
在一种可选的实施方式中,通信模块801,还用于接收网络设备发送的第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第二终端设备的目标状态,第二指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种;其中,第二指示信息是网络设备在接收到第二请求信息后发送的。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module 801 is further configured to receive second indication information sent by the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the target state of the second terminal device, and the target indicated by the second indication information The state is one of an idle state and a deactivated state; wherein, the second indication information is sent by the network device after receiving the second request information.
在一种可选的实施方式中,第一请求信息中包含用于指示第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态的信息;和/或,第二消息中包含用于指示第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态的信息。In an optional implementation manner, the first request information includes information used to indicate a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter; and/or, the second message includes information used to indicate that the first terminal device wishes to enter Information about the target state.
在一种可选的实施方式中,通信模块801,还用于将来自网络设备的连接释放消息发送至第一终端设备;其中,连接释放消息中携带第一指示信息,第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module 801 is further configured to send a connection release message from the network device to the first terminal device; wherein the connection release message carries first indication information, and the first indication information indicates The target state is one of the idle state and the deactivated state.
在一种可选的实施方式中,第一指示信息中包含上下文信息,第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为去激活态;或,第一指示信息中未包含上下文信息,第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态。In an optional implementation manner, the first indication information includes context information, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is a deactivated state; or, the first indication information does not include context information, and the first indication information contains The indicated target state is the idle state.
在一种可选的实施方式中,通信模块801,还用于将来自第一终端设备的路径转换请求发送至网络设备;其中,路径转换请求是第一终端设备在确定需要保持连接态时所发送的;将来自网络设备的连接重配置消息发送至第一终端设备,连接重配置消息用于指示第一终端设备建立到目标网络设备的直接连接,连接重配置消息包含目标网络设备的配置信息。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module 801 is further configured to send a path switching request from the first terminal device to the network device; wherein, the path switching request is a request made by the first terminal device when it is determined that the connection state needs to be maintained. sent; the connection reconfiguration message from the network device is sent to the first terminal device, the connection reconfiguration message is used to instruct the first terminal device to establish a direct connection to the target network device, and the connection reconfiguration message contains the configuration information of the target network device .
以下对该装置800应用于网络终端设备的三种实施方式进行详细说明。Three implementation manners in which the apparatus 800 is applied to a network terminal device will be described in detail below.
第一种实施方式:该装置800应用于网络设备,网络设备通过第二终端设备与处于连接态的第一终端设备通信,第二终端设备需要进入非连接态,该装置800包括:The first embodiment: the apparatus 800 is applied to network equipment, the network equipment communicates with the first terminal equipment in the connected state through the second terminal equipment, and the second terminal equipment needs to enter the non-connected state, and the apparatus 800 includes:
通信模块801,用于接收第一请求信息,第一请求信息用于请求第一终端设备的目标状态。The communication module 801 is configured to receive first request information, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device.
通信模块801,还用于通过第二终端设备向第一终端设备指示第一终端设备的目标状态。The communication module 801 is further configured to indicate the target state of the first terminal device to the first terminal device through the second terminal device.
本申请实施例中,在第二终端需要进入非连接态的情况下,给网络设备发送第一请求信息,以触发网络设备对第一终端设备的目标状态进行指示,避免第二终端设备进入非连接态对第一终端设备的业务造成影响。In the embodiment of the present application, when the second terminal needs to enter the disconnected state, the first request information is sent to the network device, so as to trigger the network device to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, so as to prevent the second terminal device from entering the disconnected state. The connection state affects the service of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,第一请求信息中包含用于指示第一终端设备希望进入的目 标状态的信息,方法还包括:根据第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态,确定向第一终端设备所指示的第一终端设备的目标状态。In an optional implementation manner, the first request information includes information used to indicate a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter, and the method further includes: according to the target state that the first terminal device The target state of the first terminal device indicated by the terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,通信模块801,还用于通过第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送连接释放消息,连接释放消息携带第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态,第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种;或者,通过第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送连接重配置消息,连接重配置消息用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态为连接态。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module 801 is further configured to send a connection release message to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, where the connection release message carries first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the first The target state of the terminal device, the target state indicated by the first indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state; or, a connection reconfiguration message is sent to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, and the connection reconfiguration message is used to indicate that the target state of the first terminal device is the connected state.
在一种可选的实施方式中,通信模块801,还用于:通过第二终端设备接收第一终端设备发送的第一请求信息,第一请求信息是第一终端设备在接收到来自第二终端设备的第一消息时发送的,第一消息用于指示第二终端设备需要进入非连接态;或者,接收第二终端设备在收到来自第一终端设备的第二消息时,发送的第一请求信息;其中,第二消息是第一终端设备在接收到来自第二终端设备的第一消息时发送的;第一消息用于指示第二终端设备需要进入非连接态,第二消息用于指示第一终端设备确认第二终端设备需要进入非连接态。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module 801 is further configured to: receive, through the second terminal device, first request information sent by the first terminal device, where the first request information is when the first terminal device receives a message from the second terminal device. Sent when the first message from the terminal device is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state; or, the first message sent by the receiving second terminal device when it receives the second message from the first terminal device. a request message; wherein, the second message is sent by the first terminal device when it receives the first message from the second terminal device; the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state, and the second message is used It is used to instruct the first terminal device to confirm that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state.
在一种可选的实施方式中,通信模块801,在指示第一终端设备的目标状态后,还用于:接收第二终端设备发送的第二请求信息,第二请求信息用于请求第二终端设备的目标状态,第二请求信息所请求的目标状态为非连接态、空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module 801, after indicating the target state of the first terminal device, is further configured to: receive second request information sent by the second terminal device, where the second request information is used to request the second terminal device The target state of the terminal device, the target state requested by the second request information is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state.
在一种可选的实施方式中,通信模块801,还用于:接收第二终端设备在收到来自第一终端设备的第二消息时发送的第三消息,第三消息中携带第一请求信息和第二请求信息,第二请求信息用于请求第二终端设备的目标状态,第二请求信息所请求的目标状态为非连接态、空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module 801 is further configured to: receive a third message sent by the second terminal device when receiving the second message from the first terminal device, where the third message carries the first request information and second request information, the second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state.
在一种可选的实施方式中,通信模块801,还用于:在接收到第二请求信息时,向第二终端设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第二终端设备的目标状态,第二指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module 801 is further configured to: when receiving the second request information, send second indication information to the second terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the The target state, the target state indicated by the second indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state.
在一种可选的实施方式中,第一请求信息中包含原因值,原因值用于指示第二终端设备需要进入非连接态;装置还包括处理模块802;处理模块802,用于在通信模块801接收到第一请求信息时,不释放第二终端设备中的第一资源;其中,第一资源用于第二终端设备将来自第一终端设备的信息发送给网络设备,或者第一资源用于第二终端设备将来自网络终端设备的信息发送给第一终端设备。In an optional implementation manner, the first request information includes a cause value, and the cause value is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state; the apparatus further includes a processing module 802; the processing module 802 is used for in the communication module 801 When receiving the first request information, do not release the first resource in the second terminal device; wherein, the first resource is used by the second terminal device to send information from the first terminal device to the network device, or the first resource is used by the second terminal device. The second terminal device sends the information from the network terminal device to the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,通信模块801,还用于:通过第二终端设备接收第一终端设备发送的路径转换请求;其中,路径转换请求是第一终端设备在确定需要保持连接态时发送的;通过第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送连接重配置消息,连接重配置消息用于指示第一终端设备建立到目标网络设备的直接连接,连接重配置消息包含目标网络设备的配置信息。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module 801 is further configured to: receive, through the second terminal device, a path switching request sent by the first terminal device; wherein, the path switching request is when the first terminal device determines that the connection state needs to be maintained The connection reconfiguration message is sent to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, the connection reconfiguration message is used to instruct the first terminal device to establish a direct connection to the target network device, and the connection reconfiguration message contains the configuration of the target network device. information.
第二种实施方式:该装置800应用于网络设备,网络设备通过第二终端设备与处于连接态的第一终端设备通信,该装置800包括:The second embodiment: the apparatus 800 is applied to network equipment, and the network equipment communicates with the first terminal equipment in a connected state through the second terminal equipment. The apparatus 800 includes:
通信模块801,用于接收第二终端设备发送的第二请求信息,第二请求信息用于请求第二终端设备的目标状态,第二请求信息请求的目标状态为非连接态、去激活态、空闲态中的一种;通信模块801,还用于通过第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送测量配置;通信模块801,还用于通过第二终端设备接收来自第一终端设备的测量配置的测量报告或者第 一请求信息;其中,第一请求信息用于请求第一终端设备的目标状态。The communication module 801 is configured to receive second request information sent by the second terminal device, the second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information is a disconnected state, a deactivated state, a One of the idle states; the communication module 801 is further configured to send the measurement configuration to the first terminal device through the second terminal device; the communication module 801 is further configured to receive the measurement configuration from the first terminal device through the second terminal device The measurement report or the first request information; wherein, the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,装置还包括处理模块802;处理模块802,用于在通信模块801通过第二终端设备接收来自第一终端设备的测量配置的测量报告时,根据测量报告控制通信模块801向第一终端设备发送连接重配置消息,连接重配置消息包括目标网络设备的配置信息,以指示第一终端设备建立到目标网络设备的直接连接。In an optional implementation manner, the apparatus further includes a processing module 802; the processing module 802 is configured to, when the communication module 801 receives a measurement report of the measurement configuration from the first terminal device through the second terminal device, control according to the measurement report The communication module 801 sends a connection reconfiguration message to the first terminal device, where the connection reconfiguration message includes configuration information of the target network device to instruct the first terminal device to establish a direct connection to the target network device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,通信模块801,还用于在通过第二终端设备接收来自第一终端设备的第一请求信息时,通过第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态,第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种。In an optional implementation manner, the communication module 801 is further configured to send the first indication to the first terminal device through the second terminal device when receiving the first request information from the first terminal device through the second terminal device information, the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, and the target state indicated by the first indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state.
在一种可选的实施方式中,第一指示信息所指示的目标状态是根据第一请求信息和/或第二请求信息确定的。In an optional implementation manner, the target state indicated by the first indication information is determined according to the first request information and/or the second request information.
在一种可选的实施方式中,第一请求信息中用于指示第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态的信息。In an optional implementation manner, the information in the first request information is used to indicate the target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter.
第三种实施方式:该装置800应用于网络设备,网络设备通过第二终端设备与处于连接态的第一终端设备通信,第二终端设备需要进入非连接态,该装置800包括:The third embodiment: the apparatus 800 is applied to network equipment, the network equipment communicates with the first terminal equipment in the connected state through the second terminal equipment, and the second terminal equipment needs to enter the non-connected state, the apparatus 800 includes:
通信模块801,用于接收第二终端设备发送的第二请求信息,第二请求信息用于请求第二终端设备的目标状态,第二请求信息所请求的目标状态为非连接态、空闲态、去激活态中的一种;处理模块802,用于配置第一终端设备的目标状态;其中,第一终端设备处于连接态且第一终端设备通过第二终端设备与网络设备通信。The communication module 801 is configured to receive second request information sent by the second terminal device, the second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information is a disconnected state, an idle state, a One of the deactivated states; the processing module 802 is configured to configure the target state of the first terminal device; wherein, the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with the network device through the second terminal device.
本申请实施例中,网络设备在确定第二终端设备要进入非连接态时,对第一终端设备的目标状态进行配置,避免第一终端设备无法继续通过第二终端与网络设备通信时,对第一终端设备的业务造成的影响。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device configures the target state of the first terminal device when it is determined that the second terminal device is to enter the disconnected state, so as to prevent the first terminal device from being unable to continue to communicate with the network device through the second terminal. The impact caused by the service of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,配置的第一终端设备的目标状态与第二请求信息所请求的目标状态相同。In an optional implementation manner, the configured target state of the first terminal device is the same as the target state requested by the second request information.
在一种可选的实施方式中,在处理模块802配置第一终端设备的目标状态之后,通信模块801,还用于:通过第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态;或者,向第二终端设备发送连接释放消息,连接释放消息中携带用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态的第一指示信息,以使得第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送第一消息,第一消息中携带用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态的信息。In an optional implementation manner, after the processing module 802 configures the target state of the first terminal device, the communication module 801 is further configured to: send the first indication information to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, the first The indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device; or, a connection release message is sent to the second terminal device, and the connection release message carries the first indication information used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, so that the second The terminal device sends a first message to the first terminal device, where the first message carries information used to indicate a target state of the first terminal device.
基于同一构思,如图9所示,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置900。示例性地,通信装置900可以是芯片或芯片系统。可选的,在本申请实施例中芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。Based on the same concept, as shown in FIG. 9 , an embodiment of the present application provides a communication apparatus 900 . Illustratively, the communication device 900 may be a chip or a system of chips. Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
通信装置900可以包括至少一个处理器910,通信装置900还可以包括至少一个存储器920,用于存储计算机程序、程序指令和/或数据。存储器920和处理器910耦合。The communication apparatus 900 may include at least one processor 910, and the communication apparatus 900 may further include at least one memory 920 for storing computer programs, program instructions and/or data. Memory 920 is coupled to processor 910 .
本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。处理器910可能和存储器920协同操作。存储器920保存实施上述任一实施例中必要计算机程序、程序指令和/或数据;处理器910可能执行存储器920中存储的计算机程序,完成上述任一实施例中的方法。可选的,至少一个存储器920中的至少一个可以包括于处理器910中。The coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules. Processor 910 may cooperate with memory 920 . The memory 920 stores necessary computer programs, program instructions and/or data for implementing any of the above embodiments; the processor 910 may execute the computer programs stored in the memory 920 to complete the methods in any of the above embodiments. Optionally, at least one of the at least one memory 920 may be included in the processor 910 .
通信装置900中还可以包括收发器930,通信装置900可以通过收发器930和其它设 备进行信息交互。收发器930可以是电路、总线、收发器或者其它任意可以用于进行信息交互的装置。The communication apparatus 900 may further include a transceiver 930, and the communication apparatus 900 may exchange information with other devices through the transceiver 930. The transceiver 930 can be a circuit, a bus, a transceiver, or any other device that can be used for information exchange.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该通信装置900可以应用于第一终端设备,具体通信装置900可以是第一终端设备,也可以是能够支持第一终端设备,实现上述涉及的任一实施例中第一终端设备的功能的装置。存储器920保存实现上述任一实施例中的第一终端设备的功能的必要计算机程序、程序指令和/或数据。处理器910可执行存储器920存储的计算机程序,完成上述任一实施例中第一终端设备执行的方法。In a possible implementation manner, the communication apparatus 900 may be applied to the first terminal device, and the specific communication apparatus 900 may be the first terminal device, or may be capable of supporting the first terminal device to implement any of the above-mentioned embodiments means in the function of the first terminal device. The memory 920 stores necessary computer programs, program instructions and/or data to implement the functions of the first terminal device in any of the above embodiments. The processor 910 can execute the computer program stored in the memory 920 to complete the method executed by the first terminal device in any of the foregoing embodiments.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,该通信装置900可以应用于第二终端设备,具体通信装置900可以是第二终端设备,也可以是能够支持第二终端设备,实现上述涉及的任一实施例中第二终端设备的功能的装置。存储器920保存实现上述任一实施例中的第二终端设备的功能的必要计算机程序、程序指令和/或数据。处理器910可执行存储器920存储的计算机程序,完成上述任一实施例中第二终端设备执行的方法。In another possible implementation manner, the communication apparatus 900 may be applied to a second terminal device, and the specific communication apparatus 900 may be the second terminal device, or may be capable of supporting the second terminal device, so as to implement any of the above-mentioned implementations In this example, the function of the second terminal equipment means. The memory 920 stores necessary computer programs, program instructions and/or data to implement the functions of the second terminal device in any of the above embodiments. The processor 910 can execute the computer program stored in the memory 920 to complete the method executed by the second terminal device in any of the foregoing embodiments.
在又一种可能的实施方式中,该通信装置900可以应用于网络设备,具体通信装置900可以是网络设备,也可以是能够支持网络设备,实现上述涉及的任一实施例中网络设备的功能的装置。存储器920保存实现上述任一实施例中的网络设备的功能的必要计算机程序、程序指令和/或数据。处理器910可执行存储器920存储的计算机程序,完成上述任一实施例中网络设备执行的方法。In another possible implementation manner, the communication apparatus 900 may be applied to a network device, and the specific communication apparatus 900 may be a network device, or may be a network device capable of supporting the functions of the network device in any of the above-mentioned embodiments. installation. The memory 920 holds the necessary computer programs, program instructions and/or data to implement the functions of the network device in any of the above-described embodiments. The processor 910 can execute the computer program stored in the memory 920 to complete the method executed by the network device in any of the foregoing embodiments.
本申请实施例中不限定上述收发器930、处理器910以及存储器920之间的具体连接介质。本申请实施例在图9中以存储器920、处理器910以及收发器930之间通过总线连接,总线在图9中以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图9中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。The specific connection medium between the transceiver 930 , the processor 910 , and the memory 920 is not limited in the embodiments of the present application. In the embodiment of the present application, the memory 920, the processor 910, and the transceiver 930 are connected by a bus in FIG. 9. The bus is represented by a thick line in FIG. 9. The connection mode between other components is only for schematic illustration. It is not limited. The bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus and so on. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 9, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
在本申请实施例中,处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件,可以实施或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。In the embodiments of the present application, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component, which may implement or The methods, steps, and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of this application are executed. A general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the methods disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as executed by a hardware processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
在本申请实施例中,存储器可以是非易失性存储器,比如硬盘(hard disk drive,HDD)或固态硬盘(solid-state drive,SSD)等,还可以是易失性存储器(volatile memory),例如随机存取存储器(random-access memory,RAM)。存储器还可以是能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是电路或者其它任意能够实施存储功能的装置,用于存储计算机程序、程序指令和/或数据。In this embodiment of the present application, the memory may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), etc., or may also be a volatile memory (volatile memory), for example Random-access memory (RAM). The memory may also be, but is not limited to, any other medium that can be used to carry or store the desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer. The memory in this embodiment of the present application may also be a circuit or any other device capable of implementing a storage function, for storing computer programs, program instructions and/or data.
基于以上实施例,参见图10,本申请实施例还提供另一种通信装置1000,包括:接口电路1010和处理器1020;接口电路1010,用于接收代码指令并传输至处理器;处理器1020,用于运行代码指令以执行上述任一实施例中第一终端设备执行的方法、第二终端设备执行的方法或者网络设备执行的方法。Based on the above embodiments, referring to FIG. 10 , the embodiment of the present application further provides another communication apparatus 1000, including: an interface circuit 1010 and a processor 1020; the interface circuit 1010 is configured to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor; the processor 1020 , which is used to run code instructions to execute the method executed by the first terminal device, the method executed by the second terminal device, or the method executed by the network device in any of the foregoing embodiments.
基于以上实施例,本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有指令,当指令被执行时,使上述任一实施例中第一终端设备执行的方法被实施、第二终端设备执行的方法被实施或者网络设备执行的方法被实施。该计算机可读存储介质 可以包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器、随机存取存储器、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。Based on the above embodiments, an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, where an instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instruction is executed, the method executed by the first terminal device in any of the foregoing embodiments is executed. The method performed by the second terminal device is implemented or the method performed by the network device is implemented. The computer-readable storage medium may include: U disk, removable hard disk, read-only memory, random access memory, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.
为了实现上述图9~图10的通信装置的功能,本申请实施例还提供一种芯片,包括处理器,用于支持该通信装置实现上述方法实施例中终端设备或网络设备所涉及的功能。在一种可能的设计中,该芯片与存储器连接或者该芯片包括存储器,该存储器用于保存该通信装置必要的程序指令和数据。In order to realize the functions of the communication apparatuses in the above-mentioned FIG. 9 to FIG. 10 , an embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, including a processor, for supporting the communication apparatus to implement the functions involved in the terminal equipment or the network equipment in the foregoing method embodiments. In a possible design, the chip is connected to a memory or the chip includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data of the communication device.
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本申请的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本申请可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本申请可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, the embodiments of the present application may be provided as a method, a system, or a computer program product. Accordingly, the present application may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware aspects. Furthermore, the present application may take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including, but not limited to, disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) having computer-usable program code embodied therein.
本申请是参照根据本申请实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。The present application is described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (systems), and computer program products according to embodiments of the present application. It will be understood that each flow and/or block in the flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams, and combinations of flows and/or blocks in the flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams, can be implemented by computer program instructions. These computer program instructions may be provided to the processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine such that the instructions executed by the processor of the computer or other programmable data processing device produce Means for implementing the functions specified in a flow or flow of a flowchart and/or a block or blocks of a block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。These computer program instructions may also be stored in a computer-readable memory capable of directing a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to function in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory result in an article of manufacture comprising instruction means, the instructions The apparatus implements the functions specified in the flow or flow of the flowcharts and/or the block or blocks of the block diagrams.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing device to cause a series of operational steps to be performed on the computer or other programmable device to produce a computer-implemented process such that The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in the flow or blocks of the flowcharts and/or the block or blocks of the block diagrams.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请实施例进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请实施例的范围。这样,倘若本申请实施例的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the embodiments of the present application without departing from the scope of the embodiments of the present application. Thus, if these modifications and variations of the embodiments of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and their equivalents, the present application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (28)

  1. 一种终端设备的状态指示方法,应用于第一终端设备,所述第一终端设备处于连接态且所述第一终端设备通过所述第二终端设备与网络设备通信,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A state indication method of a terminal device, applied to a first terminal device, the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with a network device through the second terminal device, wherein the Methods include:
    接收来自第二终端设备的第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态;receiving a first message from a second terminal device, where the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state;
    通过所述第二终端设备向所述网络设备发送第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第一终端设备的目标状态;或者,Send first request information to the network device through the second terminal device, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device; or,
    向所述第二终端设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息用于指示所述第一终端设备确认所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态,以使得所述第二终端设备向所述网络设备发送第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第一终端设备的目标状态。Send a second message to the second terminal device, where the second message is used to instruct the first terminal device to confirm that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state, so that the second terminal device sends The network device sends first request information, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    通过所述第二终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态。The first indication information from the network device is received by the second terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device.
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一请求信息中包含用于指示所述第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态的信息;和/或,The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first request information includes information used to indicate a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter; and/or,
    所述第二消息中包含用于指示所述第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态的信息。The second message includes information used to indicate a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter.
  4. 如权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一请求信息中包含原因值,所述原因值用于指示所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态。The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the first request information includes a cause value, and the cause value is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state.
  5. 一种终端设备的状态指示方法,应用于第一终端设备,所述第一终端设备处于连接态且所述第一终端设备通过第二终端设备与网络设备通信,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A state indication method of a terminal device, applied to a first terminal device, the first terminal device is in a connected state and the first terminal device communicates with a network device through a second terminal device, wherein the method includes: :
    通过所述第二终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的测量配置;其中,所述测量配置为所述网络设备在确定所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态时发送的;The measurement configuration from the network device is received by the second terminal device; wherein, the measurement configuration is sent by the network device when it is determined that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state;
    通过所述第二终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述测量配置的测量报告或者第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第一终端设备的目标状态。The second terminal device sends a measurement report of the measurement configuration or first request information to the network device, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device.
  6. 如权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,若通过所述第二终端设备向网络设备发送所述测量配置的测量报告,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein if the measurement report of the measurement configuration is sent to the network device through the second terminal device, the method further comprises:
    通过所述第二终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的连接重配置消息,所述连接重配置消息包括目标网络设备的配置信息;receiving, by the second terminal device, a connection reconfiguration message from the network device, where the connection reconfiguration message includes configuration information of the target network device;
    根据所述连接重配置消息,建立到所述目标网络设备的直接连接。A direct connection to the target network device is established based on the connection reconfiguration message.
  7. 一种终端设备的状态指示方法,应用于第二终端设备,所述第二终端设备用于建立处于连接态的第一终端设备与网络设备之间的通信,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A state indication method of a terminal device, applied to a second terminal device, where the second terminal device is used to establish communication between a first terminal device in a connected state and a network device, characterized in that the method includes:
    向所述第一终端设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态;sending a first message to the first terminal device, where the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state;
    将来自所述第一终端设备的第一请求信息发送至所述网络设备,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第一终端设备的目标状态;或者,sending first request information from the first terminal device to the network device, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device; or,
    接收所述第一终端设备发送的第二消息,所述第二消息用于指示所述第一终端设备确认所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态,向所述网络设备发送第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第一终端设备的目标状态。Receive a second message sent by the first terminal device, where the second message is used to instruct the first terminal device to confirm that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state, and send first request information to the network device , the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device.
  8. 如权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 7, wherein the method further comprises:
    将来自所述网络设备的第一指示信息发送至所述第一终端设备,所述第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备的目标状态;其中,所述第一指示信息是所述网络设备在接收到所述第一请求信息后发送的。Sending first indication information from the network device to the first terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device; wherein the first indication information is the network device Sent after receiving the first request information.
  9. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 8, wherein the method further comprises:
    确定所述第一终端设备接收到所述第一指示信息后,向所述网络设备发送第二请求信息,所述第二请求信息用于请求所述第二终端设备的目标状态,所述第二请求信息所请求的目标状态为非连接态、空闲态、去激活态中的一种;或者,After determining that the first terminal device receives the first indication information, it sends second request information to the network device, where the second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the first terminal device sends second request information to the network device. 2. The target state requested by the request information is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state; or,
    接收所述第一终端设备发送的第二消息后,向所述网络设备发送第三消息,所述第三消息携带所述第一请求信息和第二请求信息,所述第二请求信息用于请求所述第二终端设备的目标状态,所述第二请求信息所请求的目标状态为非连接态、空闲态、去激活态中的一种。After receiving the second message sent by the first terminal device, send a third message to the network device, where the third message carries the first request information and the second request information, and the second request information is used for A target state of the second terminal device is requested, and the target state requested by the second request information is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state.
  10. 如权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 9, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收所述网络设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示第二终端设备的目标状态,所述第二指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种;其中,所述第二指示信息是所述网络设备在接收到所述第二请求信息后发送的。Receive second indication information sent by the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state indicated by the second indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state The second indication information is sent by the network device after receiving the second request information.
  11. 如权利要求7-10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一请求信息中包含用于指示所述第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态的信息;和/或,The method according to any one of claims 7-10, wherein the first request information includes information used to indicate a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter; and/or,
    所述第二消息中包含用于指示所述第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态的信息。The second message includes information used to indicate a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter.
  12. 一种终端设备的状态指示方法,应用于网络设备,所述网络设备通过第二终端设备与处于连接态的第一终端设备通信,所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A state indication method of a terminal device, applied to a network device, the network device communicates with a first terminal device in a connected state through a second terminal device, and the second terminal device needs to enter a non-connected state, characterized in that: The method includes:
    接收第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第一终端设备的目标状态;receiving first request information, where the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device;
    通过所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态。The target state of the first terminal device is indicated to the first terminal device through the second terminal device.
  13. 如权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一请求信息中包含用于指示所述第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态的信息,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 12, wherein the first request information includes information used to indicate a target state that the first terminal device wishes to enter, the method further comprising:
    根据所述第一终端设备希望进入的目标状态,确定向所述第一终端设备所指示的所述第一终端设备的目标状态。The target state of the first terminal device indicated to the first terminal device is determined according to the target state that the first terminal device wants to enter.
  14. 如权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通过所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态,包括:The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the indicating the target state of the first terminal device to the first terminal device through the second terminal device comprises:
    通过所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送连接释放消息,所述连接释放消息携带所述第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态,所述第一指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种;或者,Send a connection release message to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, where the connection release message carries the first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device , the target state indicated by the first indication information is one of an idle state and a deactivated state; or,
    通过所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送连接重配置消息,所述连接重配置消息用于指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态为连接态。A connection reconfiguration message is sent to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, where the connection reconfiguration message is used to indicate that the target state of the first terminal device is a connected state.
  15. 如权利要求12-14任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收第一请求信息,包括:通过所述第二终端设备接收所述第一终端设备发送的所述第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息是所述第一终端设备在接收到来自所述第二终端设备的第一消息时发送的,所述第一消息用于指示所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态;或者,The method according to any one of claims 12-14, wherein the receiving the first request information comprises: receiving, by the second terminal device, the first request information sent by the first terminal device , the first request information is sent by the first terminal device when it receives a first message from the second terminal device, and the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnection state; or,
    接收所述第二终端设备在收到来自所述第一终端设备的第二消息时,发送的第一请求 信息;其中,所述第二消息是所述第一终端设备在接收到来自所述第二终端设备的第一消息时发送的;所述第一消息用于指示所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态,所述第二消息用于指示所述第一终端设备确认所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态。Receive the first request information sent by the second terminal device when it receives a second message from the first terminal device; wherein the second message is when the first terminal device receives a second message from the first terminal device. Sent when the first message of the second terminal device; the first message is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter the disconnected state, and the second message is used to instruct the first terminal device to confirm the first The two terminal devices need to enter the disconnected state.
  16. 如权利要求12-15任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在通过所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12-15, characterized in that after the target state of the first terminal device is indicated to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, the method further comprises: :
    接收所述第二终端设备发送的第二请求信息,所述第二请求信息用于请求所述第二终端设备的目标状态,所述第二请求信息所请求的目标状态为非连接态、空闲态、去激活态中的一种。Receive second request information sent by the second terminal device, where the second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information is disconnected, idle One of the state and the deactivated state.
  17. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,接收所述第二终端设备在收到来自所述第一终端设备的第二消息时,发送的第一请求信息,包括:The method according to claim 15, wherein receiving the first request information sent by the second terminal device when receiving the second message from the first terminal device comprises:
    接收所述第二终端设备在收到来自所述第一终端设备的第二消息时发送的第三消息,所述第三消息中携带所述第一请求信息和第二请求信息,所述第二请求信息用于请求所述第二终端设备的目标状态,所述第二请求信息所请求的目标状态为非连接态、空闲态、去激活态中的一种。Receive a third message sent by the second terminal device when receiving the second message from the first terminal device, where the third message carries the first request information and the second request information, and the third message carries the first request information and the second request information. The second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information is one of a disconnected state, an idle state, and a deactivated state.
  18. 如权利要求16或17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 16 or 17, wherein the method further comprises:
    在接收到所述第二请求信息时,向所述第二终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第二终端设备的目标状态,所述第二指示信息所指示的目标状态为空闲态、去激活态中的一种。When receiving the second request information, send second indication information to the second terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the target state of the second terminal device, and the second indication information contains The indicated target state is one of idle state and deactivated state.
  19. 如权利要求12-16任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一请求信息中包含原因值,所述原因值用于指示所述第二终端设备需要进入非连接态;所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12-16, wherein the first request information includes a cause value, and the cause value is used to indicate that the second terminal device needs to enter a disconnected state; the Methods also include:
    在接收到所述第一请求信息时,不释放所述第二终端设备中的第一资源;其中,所述第一资源用于所述第二终端设备将来自所述第一终端设备的信息发送给所述网络设备,或者所述第一资源用于所述第二终端设备将来自所述网络终端设备的信息发送给所述第一终端设备。When the first request information is received, the first resource in the second terminal device is not released; wherein, the first resource is used by the second terminal device to transfer the information from the first terminal device sent to the network device, or the first resource is used by the second terminal device to send the information from the network terminal device to the first terminal device.
  20. 一种终端设备的状态指示方法,应用于网络设备,所述网络设备通过第二终端设备与处于连接态的第一终端设备通信,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A state indication method of a terminal device, applied to a network device, the network device communicates with a first terminal device in a connected state through a second terminal device, wherein the method comprises:
    接收第二终端设备发送的第二请求信息,所述第二请求信息用于请求所述第二终端设备的目标状态,所述第二请求信息请求的目标状态为非连接态、去激活态、空闲态中的一种;Receive second request information sent by a second terminal device, where the second request information is used to request a target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information is a disconnected state, a deactivated state, a one of the idle states;
    通过所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送测量配置;sending a measurement configuration to the first terminal device through the second terminal device;
    通过所述第二终端设备接收来自所述第一终端设备的所述测量配置的测量报告或者第一请求信息;其中,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第一终端设备的目标状态。A measurement report or first request information of the measurement configuration from the first terminal device is received by the second terminal device; wherein, the first request information is used to request the target state of the first terminal device.
  21. 如权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,若通过所述第二终端设备接收来自所述第一终端设备的所述测量配置的测量报告,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 20, wherein if the measurement report of the measurement configuration from the first terminal device is received by the second terminal device, the method further comprises:
    根据所述测量报告向所述第一终端设备发送连接重配置消息,所述连接重配置消息包括目标网络设备的配置信息,以指示所述第一终端设备建立到所述目标网络设备的直接连接。Send a connection reconfiguration message to the first terminal device according to the measurement report, where the connection reconfiguration message includes configuration information of the target network device to instruct the first terminal device to establish a direct connection to the target network device .
  22. 一种终端设备的状态指示方法,应用于网络设备,所述网络设备通过第二终端设备与处于连接态的第一终端设备通信,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A state indication method of a terminal device, applied to a network device, the network device communicates with a first terminal device in a connected state through a second terminal device, wherein the method includes:
    接收所述第二终端设备发送的第二请求信息,所述第二请求信息用于请求所述第二终端设备的目标状态,所述第二请求信息所请求的目标状态为非连接态、空闲态、去激活态中的一种;Receive second request information sent by the second terminal device, where the second request information is used to request the target state of the second terminal device, and the target state requested by the second request information is disconnected, idle one of the state and the deactivated state;
    配置所述第一终端设备的目标状态。Configure the target state of the first terminal device.
  23. 如权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,配置的所述第一终端设备的目标状态与所述第二请求信息所请求的目标状态相同。The method of claim 22, wherein the configured target state of the first terminal device is the same as the target state requested by the second request information.
  24. 如权利要求22或23所述的方法,其特征在于,在配置所述第一终端设备的目标状态之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 22 or 23, wherein after configuring the target state of the first terminal device, the method further comprises:
    通过所述第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态;或者,Send first indication information to the first terminal device through the second terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device; or,
    向所述第二终端设备发送连接释放消息,所述连接释放消息中携带用于指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态的第一指示信息,以使得所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息中携带用于指示所述第一终端设备的目标状态的信息。Sending a connection release message to the second terminal device, where the connection release message carries first indication information used to indicate the target state of the first terminal device, so that the second terminal device sends the first indication information to the first terminal device. The terminal device sends a first message, where the first message carries information used to indicate a target state of the first terminal device.
  25. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器和存储器;A communication device, comprising: a processor and a memory;
    所述存储器,用于存储计算机程序;the memory for storing computer programs;
    所述处理器,用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得如权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法被执行、如权利要求7至11中任一项所述的方法被执行或者如权利要求12至24中任一项所述的方法被执行。the processor for executing a computer program stored in the memory, so that the method according to any one of claims 1 to 6 is performed, and the method according to any one of claims 7 to 11 is performed is performed or a method as claimed in any one of claims 12 to 24 is performed.
  26. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器和接口电路;A communication device, comprising: a processor and an interface circuit;
    所述接口电路,用于接收代码指令并传输至所述处理器;the interface circuit for receiving code instructions and transmitting them to the processor;
    所述处理器用于运行所述代码指令以使得如权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法被执行、如权利要求7至11中任一项所述的方法被执行或者如权利要求12至24中任一项所述的方法被执行。the processor for running the code instructions to cause the method of any one of claims 1 to 6 to be performed, the method of any one of claims 7 to 11 to be performed or the method of claim 12 to be performed The method of any one of to 24 is performed.
  27. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有指令,当所述指令被执行时,以使得如权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法被实现、如权利要求7至11中任一项所述的方法被实现或者如权利要求12至24中任一项所述的方法被实现。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium stores instructions, when the instructions are executed, so that the method according to any one of claims 1 to 6 is implemented, A method as claimed in any one of claims 7 to 11 is implemented or a method as claimed in any one of claims 12 to 24 is implemented.
  28. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,包括:计算机程序代码,当计算机程序代码被运行时,使得如权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法被执行、如权利要求7至11中任一项所述的方法被执行或者如权利要求12至24中任一项所述的方法被执行。A computer program product, characterized in that it comprises: computer program code, when the computer program code is executed, the method according to any one of claims 1 to 6 is performed, and the method according to any one of claims 7 to 11 is executed. A method as claimed in one of the claims 12 to 24 is performed.
PCT/CN2021/107979 2020-07-29 2021-07-22 State indication method for user equipment and communication apparatus WO2022022394A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010746015.8A CN114071801B (en) 2020-07-29 2020-07-29 State indication method of terminal equipment and communication device
CN202010746015.8 2020-07-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022022394A1 true WO2022022394A1 (en) 2022-02-03

Family

ID=80037137

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/107979 WO2022022394A1 (en) 2020-07-29 2021-07-22 State indication method for user equipment and communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN114071801B (en)
WO (1) WO2022022394A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024020986A1 (en) * 2022-07-29 2024-02-01 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Method and apparatus for determining connection state of device, and chip and storage medium

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107431980A (en) * 2015-04-09 2017-12-01 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communications method
WO2018083381A1 (en) * 2016-11-04 2018-05-11 Nokia Technologies Oy Idle mode mobility enhancement for an out-of-coverage remote user equipment
CN109792287A (en) * 2016-09-30 2019-05-21 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method and apparatus of transmission response message
CN110383893A (en) * 2017-02-10 2019-10-25 Lg 电子株式会社 The method of remote terminal selection link terminal and the remote terminal for executing this method in the case of applying access control due to network congestion
US20200008117A1 (en) * 2017-03-23 2020-01-02 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Switching Method, Network Device and Terminal Device
US20200068380A1 (en) * 2016-11-02 2020-02-27 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Mobility management for relaying
US20200100308A1 (en) * 2017-02-06 2020-03-26 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for handling of a rrc connection request message of a remote ue by a relay ue in wireless communication system and a device therefor

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3121974B1 (en) * 2015-07-24 2019-11-27 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation of America Improved prose relay ue activation
US10708754B2 (en) * 2016-10-19 2020-07-07 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Method for controlling device-to-device discovery and related device
WO2018088832A1 (en) * 2016-11-11 2018-05-17 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus for configuring rrc connection establishment cause for relay terminal in idle state in wireless communication system
CN108617034B (en) * 2016-12-30 2021-02-23 华为技术有限公司 Connection state control method, equipment and system for terminal
CN109417695B (en) * 2017-01-10 2020-10-23 华为技术有限公司 Communication path switching method and equipment
CN108632810B (en) * 2017-03-24 2021-08-20 华为技术有限公司 Method for controlling state of terminal equipment, terminal equipment and network equipment
CN109246777B (en) * 2017-06-16 2020-08-07 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107431980A (en) * 2015-04-09 2017-12-01 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communications method
CN109792287A (en) * 2016-09-30 2019-05-21 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method and apparatus of transmission response message
US20200068380A1 (en) * 2016-11-02 2020-02-27 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Mobility management for relaying
WO2018083381A1 (en) * 2016-11-04 2018-05-11 Nokia Technologies Oy Idle mode mobility enhancement for an out-of-coverage remote user equipment
US20200100308A1 (en) * 2017-02-06 2020-03-26 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for handling of a rrc connection request message of a remote ue by a relay ue in wireless communication system and a device therefor
CN110383893A (en) * 2017-02-10 2019-10-25 Lg 电子株式会社 The method of remote terminal selection link terminal and the remote terminal for executing this method in the case of applying access control due to network congestion
US20200008117A1 (en) * 2017-03-23 2020-01-02 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Switching Method, Network Device and Terminal Device

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"3rd Generation Partnership Project; Technical Specification Group Services and System Aspects; Study on system enhancement for Proximity based Services (ProSe) in the 5G System (5GS) (Release 17)", 3GPP DRAFT; 23752-040, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, 25 June 2020 (2020-06-25), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051906328 *
MEDIATEK INC. (RAPPORTEUR): "Summary of [Post109e#43][PowSav] UE Assistance and RRC open issues and TDocs", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-2003127, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. Online Meeting ;20200401, 1 May 2020 (2020-05-01), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051879210 *
VIVO: "Solution#7 updates, to keep CM_CONNECTED", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-2004735, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG2, no. E e-meeting; 20200601 - 20200612, 12 June 2020 (2020-06-12), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051899030 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024020986A1 (en) * 2022-07-29 2024-02-01 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Method and apparatus for determining connection state of device, and chip and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114071801A (en) 2022-02-18
CN114071801B (en) 2024-01-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20230180274A1 (en) Data scheduling method, base station, and system
CN114513822B (en) Path conversion method, related device and system
CN108024221B (en) Paging method, base station and terminal
RU2668071C1 (en) Communication optimization method and device
JP6700475B2 (en) Terminal state switching method and device
CN112005614A (en) TA update in RRC _ INACTIVE state
WO2017152757A1 (en) Cell handover method and system, and related device
EP3687213B1 (en) Method and device for network slice configuration
CN108370498B (en) Method, device and equipment for determining transmission scheme
CN107534987A (en) A kind of data dispatching method, base station and system
WO2018014783A1 (en) Method and device for data transmission
WO2019137406A1 (en) Transmission method and network device
WO2021189235A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus, and communication device
WO2022022394A1 (en) State indication method for user equipment and communication apparatus
KR102015445B1 (en) Method and apparatus for establishing interface
WO2020164470A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus, and system
US20140162631A1 (en) Load sharing method, base station, user equipment, load sharing node, and system
JP2022506330A (en) Data transfer method, equipment, master base station and slave base station
KR20130141334A (en) Mobile communication system and method for reestablishing radio connection in the same
WO2022147671A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2024067270A1 (en) Handover method and communication apparatus
WO2023237046A1 (en) Mobility management method for iab node, and related device
WO2022198597A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus in cell reselection scenario, and device and storage medium
WO2023044799A1 (en) Capability exchange method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2023066223A1 (en) Communication method, communication apparatus, and computer storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21851181

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21851181

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1